€¦ · 2 table of contents list of...
TRANSCRIPT
Paramaribo, August 2019
THE NATIONAL MANGROVE
STRATEGY SURINAME
(NMS)
ANNEXES I-VI
ANNEX 1
LEGAL FRAMEWORK
FOR THE PROTECTION OF MANGROVES IN
SURINAME
Paramaribo, August 2019
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ............................................................................................................. 3
1 INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................... 4
1.1 Activities ................................................................................................................ 4
1.2 Methodology ......................................................................................................... 4
1.3 Chapter Division .................................................................................................... 5
2 LEGAL FRAMEWORK FOR PROTECTION OF MANGROVES .................................... 6
2.1 Overview of the Legislation .................................................................................. 6
2.1.1 The Constitution ............................................................................................................... 6
2.1.2 Protected Areas Legislation .............................................................................................. 6
2.1.3 Urban Planning ................................................................................................................. 8
2.1.4 Legislation Regulating Economic Activities, which may affect Mangroves and their
Ecosystems. ...................................................................................................................... 8
3 RECOMMENDATION FOR MANGROVE PROTECTION IN SURINAME .................. 13
4 INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONVENTIONS RELATED TO MANGROVES 17
4.1 MEAs (Multilateral Environmental Agreements)................................................ 17
4.2 Biological Diversity and Management MEAs ...................................................... 17
4.2.1 Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) ...................................................................... 17
4.2.2 Ramsar Convention ........................................................................................................ 18
4.2.3 UNESCO World Heritage Convention (WHC) ................................................................. 18
4.2.4 Convention on the International Trade of Endangered Species (CITES) ........................ 19
4.2.5 Convention on Nature Protection and Wild Life Preservation in the Western
Hemisphere .................................................................................................................... 19
4.2.6 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and the Paris
Agreement ...................................................................................................................... 20
4.3 MEAs Related to Prevention of Marine Pollution ............................................... 20
4.3.1 International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL) ......... 21
4.3.2 The Convention on the Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping of Wastes and
Other Matter 1972, ("London Convention") and London Protocol ............................... 21
4.3.3 International Convention Relating to Intervention on the High Seas in Cases of Oil
Pollution Casualties, 1969 .............................................................................................. 21
ANNEX 1: List of relevant legislation for the protection of Mangroves ................................... 22
ANNEX 2: Multilateral Environmental Agreements signed by Suriname ................................ 31
3
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
CBD Convention on Biological Development
CIS Conservation International Suriname
CITES Convention on International trade of Endangered Species
CM Coordination Environment
EEZ Exclusive Economic Zone
ESIA Environmental and Social Impact Assessment
IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature
LBB Suriname Forest Service (‘s Lands Bosbeheer)
LVV Ministry of Agriculture, Animal Husbandry and Fisheries
MEAs Multilateral Environmental Agreements
MUMAs Multiple Use Management Areas
NDC Nationally Determined Contribution
NH Ministry of Natural Resources
NIMOS National Institute for Development in Suriname
OWT&C Ministry of Public Works, Transport and Communication
ROGB Ministry of Spatial Planning, Land and Forest Management
SBB Foundation for Forest Management and Production Control (Stichting
voor Bosbeheer en Bostoezicht)
UNFCCC United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
WHC World Heritage Convention
WWF World Wildlife Fund
4
1 INTRODUCTION
The coastal and marine ecosystems of Suriname comprise of a broad belt of mangrove forests,
salt marshes, coastline and offshore areas extending to the nation’s maritime zone. The
mangrove forests offer spawning and nursery ground for the marine fauna and protection of
the coast against erosion. They provide food for several fish, crab and shrimp species.
Offshore industrial fisheries also depend significantly on the mangrove forests. Furthermore,
the country’s sand beaches are globally important nesting sites for endangered sea turtle
species. Given the importance of the mangrove ecosystem, it is of utmost importance to
conserve it. The overall objective of this project is to formulate a National Mangrove Strategy
(NMS) for a sustainable management of the mangrove ecosystem in Suriname and includes a
review and assessment of the legal framework for protection of mangroves in Suriname.
The purpose of the legal review is to assess, and analyze existing policies and legislation
related to the protection of mangroves and their ecosystems. According to the TOR the
specific objectives for the legal part of the consultancy are to examine and propose on the
legal options for the protection of mangroves.
1.1 Activities
The specific activities that were carried out for abovementioned objectives:
- Collect and provide an overview of relevant national laws and regulations (including
pending draft legislation) and multilateral environmental agreements (MEAs) that
Suriname has ratified focused on the protection of mangroves and their ecosystems.
- Analyze the national legislation and examine if current or pending legislation cover the
legislative base for protection of mangroves
- Propose options and recommendations for law reform to ensure (better) protection of
mangroves in Suriname.
1.2 Methodology
The first weeks of the consultancy were devoted to collect, study and analyze the relevant
national legislation and multilateral environmental agreements linked to the project. The
review of national legislation also included pending (draft) laws such as the draft
environmental law, draft coastal protection law, draft nature law etc. The legislative review
specifically assessed and analyzed the extent to which mangroves are considered and
addressed in the current/pending legislation. Based on the review of the legal framework
options are proposed to give the protection of mangroves a legislative base. Part of the legal
assessment includes a listing of the several Multilateral Environmental Agreements (MEAs)
focused on the protection of mangroves and their ecosystems. Over the years Suriname has
ratified around 30 multilateral environmental agreements like the Convention on
International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES), Convention on
5
Biological Diversity (CBD), United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
(UNFCCC), Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl
Habitat (Ramsar Convention) and the Convention for the Protection of World Cultural and
Natural Heritage. These conventions and more are included in the review. Based on the
desktop study and the interviews a first draft report is submitted to the UNDP for their review
on February 7th, 2019.
1.3 Chapter Division
The report starts with an introduction to the study, which lays down the reason for the study
and the specific activities that were carried out.
In Chapter 2 a review is conducted of the policy and legal framework. A complete list with
relevant provisions in the laws and regulations is included in Annex 1. Based on the legal
analyses the options for legal reform for protection of mangrove forest are presented in this
chapter.
Chapter 3 deals with the several conventions Suriname has ratified and their relevance to
mangrove protection. A detailed list with the relevance for mangrove protection is included
in Annex 2 of the report.
6
2 LEGAL FRAMEWORK FOR PROTECTION OF MANGROVES
2.1 Overview of the Legislation
Mangroves are said to have one foot in the land and one foot in the sea. Both land and
marine-based activities potentially can impact the mangrove ecosystems. In this chapter an
overview is given of the main laws and regulations in force and in draft which are relevant
to mangrove protection. The review includes the regulations that establish protected areas
in Suriname, urban planning legislation, laws regulating sectoral activities which may affect
mangrove ecosystems and marine management legislation.
2.1.1 The Constitution
The Constitution of the Republic of Suriname (Grondwet) is the highest national law providing
for rules regarding the sovereignty, principles for freedom, equity and democracy. The
Suriname Constitution provides the legal basis for development opportunities and the
protection of the environment in the country. In accordance with article 6a of the
Constitution, the social objectives of the State are to identify the development opportunities
of the natural environment and to increase the capacity thereof. One of the social objectives
of the State, is the creation and promotion of conditions for the protection of the environment
and preservation of the ecological balance (article 6g).
2.1.2 Protected Areas Legislation
The relevant laws and regulations for protected areas in Suriname are:
I. the Nature Protection Law 1954
II. Planning Law 1974
III. Ministerial Orders that establish the four Multiple Use Management Areas in the
estuarine zone (MUMAs)
Ad I: Nature Protection Law
The Nature Protection Law (Natuurbescherminsgwet) stems from the early 1950s and is the
first law providing provisions for the establishment of protected areas, the nature reserves, in
Suriname. In line with the scope of this law, 11 nature reserves were established as protected
area, of which four are allocated in the coastal zone. The current Nature Protection Law no
longer meets the current demands to the challenges associated with nature conservation.
Transparent procedures and criteria to establish protected areas are lacking, stakeholder
involvement and legal protection are not regulated, and environmental impact reporting is
not mandatory1. WWF Guiana’s and CIS initiated the project Onze natuur op 1 to revise the
Nature Protection Law. In this regard, a new draft Nature Law 2018 has been presented to the
Parliament and the Minister of ROGB for their review to start the process of enactment of this
1 Advies Rapport “Aanpassing Natuurbeschermingswetgeving in Suriname, 31 januari 2016, mevr. N. del Prado
7
draft law. In the draft Nature law international provisions of relevance for the conservation of
the biodiversity are included. According to this law areas that belong to the territory of
Suriname, including the territorial sea, may be designated as buffer zones. Based on the draft
Nature Law, mangrove forest and ecosystems can be designated as protected area by State
Order.2
Ad II: Planning Law
The Planning Law (Planwet) from 1973 is another law that considers a special form of
protection and management by the government through the designation of Special
Management Areas (the so-called MUMAs). In line with article 7(3) these areas can be
designated for a period of 3 years with an extension period of 2 years. However, this can only
take place after the Minister from Planning has consulted the Planning Council and the Plan
Coordination Commission. Unfortunately, the required planning institutions were not
established and therefor this law is not operational.
Ad III: MUMAs
The Government made use of the L-2 Decree Issuance of Domain land to designate the
MUMAs whereby the Minister responsible for land policy is authorized to have the disposal
over domain land by Ministerial Order. The area of the MUMAs consists of fresh and brackish
water ecosystems, has a high productivity and serves as feeding and breeding grounds for
large numbers of local and migratory bird species. It is also nursery ground for fish and shrimp.
MUMAs in Suriname are considered an IUCN category 6 sites. The MUMAs officially cover only
free domain land meaning that domain land that has been issued before these Ministerial
Orders came into effect, are NOT a part of the MUMA. The Ministerial Order clearly states the
importance of the mangrove forest, serving as a breeding and feeding area for specified fish
and migratory shorebirds and protecting the coast and river estuaries against erosion. In 2005
guidelines were determined by the Minister of ROGB for the issuance of land in estuary
management areas. This was done so the natural functions of these areas, such as coastal and
shoreline protection, soil and water management and breeding and feeding grounds for fish,
shrimp and birds, are maintained.
However, it is not clear which article within the L-2 Decree forms the legal base for this
Ministerial Order from 2005 that is also considered to be only guidelines (richtlijnen). It
delineates a certain area, sets guidelines for that area but does not mention how the
guidelines should be implemented and monitored.
For the exploitation of nature-tourist activities in the Bigi Pan MUMA, a license from the
Suriname Forest Service (s’Lands Bosbeheer, LBB) a work arm from the Ministry of ROGB, is
required. The license covers several special conditions including the prohibition of collecting
2 Draft Nature law article 20: For the conservation of the biodiversity, the protection of ecological processes, the protection of migrating, rare, endangered species or species threatened with extinction and their habitats and the protection of areas of ecological interest and which are vulnerable or threatened, by State Order, areas belonging to the territory of Suriname, including the territorial waters, may be designated as protected area.
8
plants and harvesting of wood in the area unless a special permission or license has been
issued by LBB. Persons who are engaged in hunting and fishing sports must apply for a special
permit from the Head of LBB. Fishing with rods or hand lines (maximum 2 hooks per person)
is only allowed for consumption on-the-spot by persons accompanied with the license holder.
2.1.3 Urban Planning
The relevant legislation for spatial planning is the Urban Planning Law 1972
(Stedebouwkundige Wet) and the Building Law 1952 (Bouwwet). The Urban Planning Law sets
rules and procedures for the development of structure and zoning plans for the urban areas
that must be designated by State Order. Currently Paramaribo, Nieuw Nickerie, Apoera,
Commewijne, Wanica and Para are promulgated to urban areas. The law also determines that
parceling of land that is designated as residential areas may only be carried out after approval
of an allotment plan by the Minister OWT&C.
The Building Law regulates the application procedure for building permit in the whole of
Suriname. This law is also applicable in the interior of Suriname for constructions with a
greater capacity than 15 m3 and a height greater than 2.5m. The Building Law requires that a
land use master plan and zoning plans should be developed, however to date they do not
exist.
The Ministry of OWT&C is responsible for implementing spatial planning in the urban areas,
as well as for the supervision of construction works. Paramaribo and other residential areas
are expanding at a rapid rate, while other urbanized areas still don’t have the legal status of
urban area. All these areas are expanding chaotically because to date the required structure
and zoning plans haven’t been established.
2.1.4 Legislation Regulating Economic Activities, which may affect Mangroves and their
Ecosystems.
The legislation that will be discussed are:
I. Forest sector: Forest Management Law
II. Fisheries sector: Law on Protection of Fish stocks
III. Agriculture sector: Pesticides Law
IV. Mineral extraction: Mining Law, Petroleum Law, draft Environmental Law and draft
Coastal Management Law
V. Marine Protection and Management (Law Maritime Zones)
Ad I: Forest Sector
The legal framework for the forestry sector is the Forest Management Law 1992. The objective
of the Law is to provide a framework for forest management, forest exploitation and related
sector activities (e.g. primary wood processing and export) with a view to expand the
economic, social and ecological functions of the forest as a national resource and to guarantee
9
the responsible development of the wood industry. The Minister of ROGB is responsible for
forest management aimed at the rational use of the forest as a regenerating natural resource,
in the sense that the stabilizing influence of the forest and the advantages of forest
exploitation will be optimal. The forest can be classified according to their designation into:
permanent forest, conversion forest and forest to be preserved temporarily (article 4).
Permanent forest can be designated by State Order and includes areas which are or will be
reforested or where forest improvement measures are or will be taken. In designating
permanent forest, distinction may be made between permanent production forest (blijvend
productie bos), protected forest (schermbos) and special protected forest (speciaal
beschermd bos). Special protected forest refers to permanent forest, which because of its
location, the composition of flora and / or fauna or aesthetic value, has a special scientific,
educational, cultural or recreational function. Protected forest is a permanent forest that, due
to its location, has an important stabilizing influence on the natural environment, in particular
on the soil and water management. The legal options to protect mangrove forest under the
Forest Management Law are further discussed in chapter 2.3.
Ad II: Fisheries sector
The Law on Protection of Fish stocks (Visstandbeschermingswet), provides provisions to
protect the fish stocks in inland waters (excludes territorial sea and adjoining economic zone).
In accordance with article 4, the Minister is entitled to protect the fish stock. This provides the
possibility to protect the fish stock within the MUMAs, and the mangrove ecosystems. The
Ministry of LVV has in recent years worked on developing new legislation that will replace the
existing fishing laws. In the draft legislation, attention is also paid to the designation of special
fisheries management areas. By State Order, every area within the Surinamese waters may be
declared a special fisheries management area, with the aim of managing and protecting
certain species or for exclusive use (to be further determined). Zones within the Surinamese
waters may be designated to protect specific fish species, habitats or ecosystems, including
mangrove ecosystems.
Ad III: Agriculture sector
The legislation regulating the agricultural sector, an activity that takes place in the coastal
zone, doesn’t consider rules on protection of mangroves and their ecosystems. One law
reflects on pollution prevention from the use and handling of pesticides (the Pesticides Law).
The pesticides allowed under this law may not have harmful side-effects on public health and
the production capacity of the soil, plants or parts of plants or animals. The destruction of
packaging and residues of pesticides must be carried out in such a way that it poses no danger
to water extraction sites or surface water. According to the Ministerial Order Guidelines for
issuance of Domain Land from 2005, the discharge of water containing residues of chemicals
(pesticides, fertilizers, etc.) is not allowed in the estuarine swamps. It’s advisable that the
legislation for this sector should be reviewed to address the environmental impacts on
ecosystem such as erosion, land and water contamination and degradation.
10
Ad IV: Mineral extraction
Mining Law and Petroleum Law
The environmental impacts of mining operations in the coastal zone can cause significant
damage to mangroves ecosystems. Major risks include erosion, contamination of land and
water (both groundwater and surface water), land disturbance and deforestation leading to
biodiversity loss.
In Suriname the Staatsolie Maatschappij Suriname N.V. (afgekort Staatsolie) was established
in December 1980 for the exploration, drilling, production, refining, marketing, sales,
transport of crude and refined products. To carry out this work, Staatsolie Maatschappij has
been granted mining rights for on-shore and off-shore exploration and exploitation activities.
Oil exploration and production is only possible through service contracts with Staatsolie. The
main set of rules that govern petroleum operations in Suriname are the Staatsolie’s
Concession Agreement (Decree E8-B, G.B. 1981 no. 59), the Mining Law 1986 and the
Petroleum Law 1990. They contain instructions and directions for the petroleum operations
and describe the available investment incentives for the industry.
All mining activities, regulated by the Mining Law, shall be conducted in the most efficient
way, taking into account the higher interests of the nation and keeping in mind most modern
international techniques and the customary methods common in the mining industry and the
general applicable tacit stipulations; further, expert use of advanced technology and effective
materials, and with due regard to valid norms in the field of safety and health of personnel in
particular, and the community in general as well as norms for the protection of ecological
systems (Mining Law, Article 4). In the current Mining Law, there is no consideration for
compensation to local communities for environmental degradation of land and water in the
catchment areas of the mining operations including on mangroves ecosystems. The Mining
Law also applies to the excavation of minerals (building materials) such as clay, sand, shells as
well as rubble and other materials used for the construction of buildings, roads, dams, airports
and similar works.
Draft Environmental Law
Suriname doesn’t have an integral environmental law yet. A draft Environmental Law was
developed early 2000 but hasn’t been approved by consecutive governments. The draft
Environmental Law lays down rules for the protection and conservation of the environment,
including ESIA’s and rules for the prevention of environmental pollution. The ESIA could play
an essential role in mitigating or preventing impacts caused by economic activities that are
undertaken in the coastal zone. The draft environmental law has been submitted recently
(January 2019) to the Parliament for their review to start the enactment process.
Draft Coastal Area Protection Law
11
In 2015 a draft law for the protection of the coastal area was prepared and submitted to the
Parliament for their review. According to this draft law the coastal area extends inland from
the six-meter depth line in the Atlantic Ocean to the area that must be subject to management
due to the direct and significant impact on coastal waters and ecosystems. A map needs to be
added, indicating the boundary of the protected coastal area. Within the boundaries of the
protected coastal area no rights, permission, license or concession shall be provided to third
parties. An exception is made to this when that right, permission, permit or concession, is
granted for the preservation of coastal and ecosystems, as well as in other cases to be decided
by the President. To this end, the President must obtain prior permission from Parliament.
There is a specific prohibition to dredge, excavate or remove silt, sand, rock, gravel or other
material from the sea bed, river bed, lake or water area, bank or parts thereof within the
boundaries of the protected coastal area. An exception is also made when this is done by or
on behalf of a competent governmental authority for the protection of the coastal and
ecosystems. The Minister of ROGB may by Ministerial Order declare every part within the
boundaries of the protected coastal area, where specific measures are necessary for the
protection of vulnerable ecosystems, habitats and animal and plant species to be a "Protected
Area". In line with this article mangrove forest and their ecosystems can be designated as
protected area. A Coastal Area Management Authority will be responsible for the
management of the coastal area of Suriname.
Ad V: Marine protection and management
The marine environment is an important part of the mangrove ecosystem. Conversely,
mangroves play an essential role in the marine ecosystems, particularly as nurseries for fish,
bees and migratory birds. Mangroves live in a fragile ecosystem particularly vulnerable to both
sea and land pollution. The legislation below addresses an important cause of sea-borne
degradation of mangroves and the marine environment generally.
The Law Maritime Zones from 2017, contains rules on the scope of the maritime zones of the
Republic of Suriname and the authority which Suriname holds in these zones. The sovereignty
of the Republic of Suriname extends beyond the land area and inland waterways over an
adjacent sea strip, defined as the territorial seas. According to article 4 of the Maritime Law
mangroves and their ecosystems are part of inland waterways.
The State has sovereign rights in the Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) for the exploration,
exploitation, preservation and management of the natural resources. In addition, they have
jurisdiction for marine scientific research and protection and conservation of the marine
environment. A license is required to intentionally dispose of waste and other substances in
the EEZ and includes the deliberate disposal of waste or other substances from ships, aircraft,
platforms or other artificial structures in the sea. The territorial waters and the adjacent
economic Zone are the working areas of various ministries and institutions. The Coast Guard
of Suriname has been established and charged with supervisory investigation and service
tasks, of inter alia ship crimes and violations of the Fisheries Law. It’s entrusted with
12
monitoring and service tasks and exercises its duties in the inland waters and the territorial
waters of Suriname, as well as in the contiguous economic zone and the airspace above it.
Furthermore, the Port Law 1981 prohibits the release of ballast, waste materials and
condemned goods in public waters.
In the next chapter the recommendations for protection of mangroves are presented.
13
3 RECOMMENDATION FOR MANGROVE PROTECTION IN SURINAME
Based on the legal analysis of the relevant legislation in chapter 2, it can be concluded that
legislation in Suriname is fragmented and sectoral oriented. The legislation overall focuses on
regulating specific activities in different sectors (mining, forestry, fisheries, marine, and
agriculture) which may have impact on mangroves, but rarely do they expressly require special
consideration for mangroves.
The legal framework (juridisch raamwerk) for nature protection and conservation, of which
mangrove ecosystems are a part, consists of several laws and regulations. The Planning Law
from 1973 provides for enabling provision to designate special management areas. The
designation of the special management area can be regulated by a Presidential Resolution.
This is a decision taken by the President assigned to him by law and would be a stronger legal
base/form for the establishment of MUMAs and their management of which the mangrove
ecosystems are part. Unfortunately, the Planning Law is not operational.
Areas in the estuarine zone, which have a special ecological value, the MUMAs, were made
available to the Minister of ROGB for the purpose of managing these areas by means of a
Ministerial Order (ministeriële beschikking). It should be stated that the hierarchical position
of a "ministerial order" with regards to other regulations is weak. Furthermore, the
geographical boundaries of the areas are limited. The Ministerial Orders expressly state that
the areas issued before the date of entry into force of this regulation do not form part of the
available area. The enforcement of these regulations will encounter problems, because it is
not a contiguous area and is only possible on free domain land that has been issued after the
decision has come into force. The ministry doesn’t have an overview of the free domain land
as well as of parcels issued before and after the entry into force of the MUMAs regulations. In
practice, it appears that the MUMAs are not being managed adequately, because of the
limitations in the legal status of these areas as well as the inadequate capacity for
enforcement.
In addition, the Ministerial Order "Guidelines on land issuance in the estuarine management
Areas” were issued in 2005 by the minister of ROGB. These guidelines include general
conditions whereby strips along the sides of rivers and creeks are not available for issuance,
due to reservation for the designation as “Schermbos or special Protected forest”. It is also
not allowed to extract water from the estuarine swamps and to discharge water with chemical
residues in these swaps.
The MUMA regulations do include provisions to protect mangroves. However, the legal basis
including the enforcement of these regulations have many shortcomings. It is worth noting
that the Ministerial Order "Guidelines on land issuance in the estuarine management Areas”
is only a directive (richtlijn) and in practice legally not enforceable.
14
It’s thereby recommended not to use the MUMA regulations as legal option to protect
mangrove forest, as they aren’t enforced by the Ministry.
The Ministry OWT&C assesses and approves the requests for building permits and allotment
plans. However, no spatial planning criteria or conditions are available and taken into
consideration for the evaluation and approval of the requests. The building permits and
approved allotment plans don’t have special conditions to protect mangroves. One condition
that could be included in the permits for building and allotment of areas specifically along the
coast is to prohibit the logging and use of mangroves.
Overall, it can be concluded that some laws and regulations provide for some legal tools which
are probably not optimally utilized or enforced for the protection of mangroves, partly due to
a lack of resources, capacity and awareness of these tools.
The following legal options to protect mangroves were presented and discussed with the
stakeholders:
I. Designate mangroves as protected forest or special protected forest (article 5
Forest Management Law
II. Prohibit or restrict the felling of mangroves (article 14 Forest Management law)
III. Propose a framework law for protection of mangroves and their ecosystems
Ad I Designate mangroves as protected forest or special protected forest (article 5 Forest
Management Law
One option for the protection of mangroves exists under the Forest Management Law by
designating mangrove forest as “protected forest” or “special protected forest” (article 5).
According to the definition, protected forest is permanent forest which, because of its
location, has an important stabilizing influence on the natural environment, in particular the
soil and the soil hydrology. Specially protected forest is permanent forest which, because of
its location, the composition of its fauna and/or flora, or its aesthetic value, has a scientific,
educational, cultural or recreational function. In the explanatory memorandum of the
aforementioned law, further details of these two concepts are not included. In the definition
of “protected forest” the emphasis is on the protection of forest due to its various ecological
functions (nursery-, feeding- and production function, buffer against erosion etc.). The
category special protected forest is more focused on the special uses and qualities of
mangroves under conditions such as the scientific, educational, cultural and/or recreational
use.
The designation of these areas may not be in violation of any applicable or future national or
regional development program and should be in line with Governments policies. Part of the
State Order are the boundaries and a map of the designated area. No business or personal
rights under the "Decree Issue Domain land" may be established on permanent forest and for
15
the foreseeable future forest. It’s furthermore stated in the law that as far as the designation
specially protected forest is concerned, wood extraction or any other human activity may be
restricted or excluded.
Ad II Prohibit or restrict the felling of mangroves (article 14 Forest Management law)
Another option under the Forest Management Law is in accordance with article 14. The
Minister from ROGB can set detailed rules by Ministerial Order concerning:
a) the designation of certain types of wood as marketable according to established felling
standards
b) the determination of the minimum trunk diameter for certain species of trees, below
which no such specimens may be cut
c) prohibition or restriction of the felling of certain species of wood.
In line with this article a Ministerial Order was published in 2000 to set further rules for the
implementation of article 14 (“Beschikking Marktwaardige e.a. houtsoorten”). In this order,
wood species are distinguished in three categories: marketable wood species (category A),
possible marketable wood species (Category B) and Wood species of which the felling is
prohibited (category C). The wood species under these three categories are listed as an annex
to this Ministerial Order. Mangrove forest can be designated under Category C as wood
species of which the felling is prohibited. The addition of de local and scientific names of
mangrove forest in the list of Category C that is included as annex to this regulation can
prohibit the felling of these trees. A draft Ministerial Order has been prepared by SBB for
several years now but has to date not been approved by several Ministers from ROGB.
Ad III Propose a framework law for protection of mangroves and their ecosystems
The third option would be to propose an “umbrella” mangrove law that provides for a
coherent legislative framework for protection and management of mangroves ecosystems
and enables the implementation of mangrove management policies and strategies. Such a law
would outline the stewardship over mangroves including the role and responsibilities of each
line ministry and clearly state the objective to manage mangroves in Suriname sustainably. It
would also mandate the consideration for mangroves in decision making, outline and clarify
the permits and other requirements which may apply to developments and activities which
potentially can have an impact on and prohibit the harvesting of mangroves. Such legislation
could also create the institutions and processes for intergovernmental coordination in relation
to all matters relating to mangroves. To date no draft law for mangrove conservation has been
developed.
Summarized the options are as following, prioritized in short-, medium-, and long-term
actions.
16
Op
tio
ns
R
elev
ant
Legi
slat
ion
an
d A
rtic
le
Req
uir
ed A
ctio
n a
nd
Ob
serv
atio
n
Op
tio
n 1
:
Des
ign
ate
man
gro
ve f
ore
st
as w
oo
d s
pec
ies
of
wh
ich
the
felli
ng
is p
roh
ibit
ed
Min
iste
rial
Ord
er t
o s
et f
urt
her
ru
les
for
the
imp
lem
enta
tio
n o
f ar
ticl
e 1
4
Fore
st M
anag
emen
t La
w
(“B
esch
ikki
ng
Mar
ktw
aard
ige
en
and
ere
ho
uts
oo
rten
”).
Am
en
d M
inis
teri
al O
rder
S.B
. 20
00
no
. 42
an
d in
clu
de
man
gro
ves
in C
ateg
ory
C; a
t th
e
mo
men
t th
is a
ctio
n is
th
e ea
sies
t w
ay t
o s
top
an
d p
roh
ibit
th
e fe
llin
g o
f m
angr
ove
s as
a fi
rst
step
to
pro
tect
man
gro
ves
in S
uri
nam
e.
The
SBB
is r
esp
on
sib
le f
or
the
imp
lem
enta
tio
n a
nd
en
forc
emen
t o
f th
is r
egu
lati
on
. Th
e
mai
n f
ocu
s o
f en
forc
emen
t b
y SB
B is
in t
he
tim
ber
-pro
du
cin
g fo
rest
s (n
ot
in t
he
coas
tal
zon
e). T
he
incl
usi
on
of
man
gro
ve f
ore
st u
nd
er c
ateg
ory
C w
ou
ld r
equ
ire
the
nec
essa
ry
arra
nge
men
ts f
or
enfo
rcem
ent
by
SBB
or
ano
ther
en
tity
. Th
is is
a s
ho
rt-t
erm
act
ion
as
a p
rop
osa
l to
am
end
th
e M
inis
teri
al O
rder
has
bee
n d
evel
op
ed a
nd
sh
ou
ld b
e
app
rove
d b
y th
e M
inis
ter
RO
GB
.
Op
tio
n 2
:
Des
ign
ate
man
gro
ve f
ore
st
in “
pro
tect
ed f
ore
st”
or
“sp
ecia
lly p
rote
cted
fo
rest
”
Art
icle
5 F
ore
st M
anag
emen
t La
w
19
92
A S
tate
Ord
er (
staa
tsb
eslu
it)
sho
uld
be
dev
elo
ped
un
der
art
icle
5 o
f th
e Fo
rest
Man
agem
ent
Law
to
def
ine
man
gro
ves
for
bo
th t
ype
s o
f fo
rest
. To
dev
elo
p t
his
Sta
te
Ord
er r
esea
rch
, co
nsu
ltat
ion
s an
d d
iscu
ssio
ns
amo
ng
the
resp
on
sib
le a
uth
ori
ties
an
d
stak
eho
lder
s is
nee
ded
. It’
s fo
rese
en t
hat
th
e d
evel
op
men
t an
d a
pp
rova
l of
the
Stat
e
Ord
er c
ou
ld t
ake
som
e ti
me
and
th
eref
or
a m
ediu
m-t
erm
act
ion
.
Op
tio
n 3
:
Fram
ewo
rk la
w f
or
pro
tect
ion
of
man
gro
ves
and
th
e ec
osy
stem
s
Dra
ft la
w
No
dra
ft la
w a
vaila
ble
an
d d
evel
op
ed. O
ther
dra
ft la
ws
hav
e b
een
pre
par
ed o
ver
the
year
s th
at d
o c
on
sid
er e
lem
en
ts o
f p
rote
ctin
g m
angr
ove
s e.
g. d
raft
En
viro
nm
enta
l Law
20
19
, Dra
ft N
atu
re L
aw 2
01
8, a
nd
dra
ft C
oas
tal A
rea
Pro
tect
ion
Law
20
16
. Ho
wev
er, a
law
sp
ecif
ical
ly f
or
the
pro
tect
ion
of
man
gro
ves
and
th
eir
eco
syst
ems
has
nev
er b
een
dev
elo
ped
an
d is
a lo
ng-
term
act
ion
.
17
4 INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONVENTIONS RELATED TO MANGROVES
4.1 MEAs (Multilateral Environmental Agreements)
The conservation and management of mangroves fall within the scope of several multilateral
environmental agreements (MEAs). These international legally binding instruments create
obligations that are relevant to mangrove conservation and their sustainable use. They also
create and promote frameworks and tools such as lists of sites that can cover mangroves,
mechanisms for investment and financing of mangrove conservation, and bilateral and
multilateral governance structures that can include mangroves within their scope. During the
years Suriname, has ratified approximately 30 MEAs, committing the Government to develop
national policies and legislation to give effect to these international legally binding
agreements.
In this chapter, the key MEAs ratified by Suriname, which are of relevance for mangroves
protection, are described and classified into two groups. The first group of conventions focus
on conservation of the biodiversity (CBD, CITES, Ramsar Convention, WHC, etc.). The second
group covers the MEA’s related to pollution from ships (MARPOL etc.). A list of the relevant
MEAs is included in Annex 2 of this report.
4.2 Biological Diversity and Management MEAs
Because of the recognized importance of mangroves and the continuing threats to their
survival, actions have been taken internationally to improve conservation and management
of this important ecosystem. Several international agreements have resulted in the protection
of large areas of mangrove forests globally. In addition to the several agreements at the
international level, efforts are made by Party States to protect or restore these forests varying
from legal protection by governments to locally-initiated efforts. The following conventions
are ratified by Suriname and are of relevance for the protection of mangroves.
4.2.1 Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
The CBD doesn’t explicitly refer to mangroves, but many articles in the convention are relevant
for mangrove conservation. The objectives of the convention include the conservation of
biological diversity, sustainable use of components associated with biodiversity, and equitable
distribution of benefits arising from the utilization of genetic resources. It relates to mangrove
protection in some of its seven thematic programmes including: Forest Biodiversity and
Marine and Coastal Biodiversity as well as through crosscutting themes such as Protected
Areas, Sustainable Use, Biodiversity for Development and Climate Change and Biodiversity.
Nearly all the Aichi Targets have some relevance to habitat protection, and directly or
indirectly to the protection of mangrove ecosystems. The targets 5, 7, 11 and 15 of the
convention relate to the protection of forests, and therefore of mangroves.
18
Target 5 provides for halving of the rate of loss of all-natural habitats, including forests. Target
7 calls for sustainable management of areas under agriculture, aquaculture and forestry.
Target 11 sets a goal of achieving coverage of 17% of terrestrial and inland water and 10% of
coastal ecosystems for “equitably managed, ecologically representative and well-connected
systems of protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures.” Target
15 seeks restoration of at least 15% of degraded ecosystems to enhance resilience and the
contribution of biodiversity to carbon stocks.
4.2.2 Ramsar Convention
The Convention on Wetlands, signed in Ramsar 1971, is a key international instrument for
conservation of mangroves. The Convention's mission is "The conservation and wise use of all
wetlands through local, regional and national actions and international cooperation, as a
contribution towards achieving sustainable development throughout the world". The
Convention uses a broad definition of the types of wetlands covered in its mission, including
swamps and marshes, lakes and rivers, wet grasslands and peatlands, oases, estuaries, deltas
and tidal flats, near-shore marine areas, mangroves and coral reefs, and human-made sites
such as fish ponds, rice paddies, reservoirs, and salt pans. Mangroves in Suriname can
therefore be classified as wetlands and could fall under the protection of the Ramsar
Convention.
According to the convention wetlands should be restored and rehabilitated, whenever
possible, and should be conserved by ensuring their wise use. In the convention “wise use of
wetlands” is defined as "the maintenance of their ecological character, achieved through the
implementation of ecosystem approaches, within the context of sustainable development".
The wise use of all wetlands requires that Parties ensure that:
- National wetland inventories have been initiated, completed or updated and
disseminated and used for promoting the conservation and effective management of
all wetlands.
- The wise use of wetlands is strengthened through integrated resource management
within a river basin or along the coastal zone.
- Traditional knowledge, innovations and practices of indigenous peoples and local
communities relevant for the wise use of wetlands and their customary use of wetland
resources are documented, respected, subject to national legislation and relevant
international obligations.
4.2.3 UNESCO World Heritage Convention (WHC)
WHC is an international agreement that aims to protect places of exceptional universal value.
The convention links nature conservation and cultural preservation, recognizing the
fundamental need to preserve the balance between humans and nature. Mangroves are
present in 19 natural sites, most of which cover not only mangroves but a larger ecosystem.
The year 2016 marks UNESCO's first celebration of the International Day for the Conservation
of the Mangrove Ecosystem. The proclamation of this international day, which was adopted
19
on 6 November 2015 by the General Conference of UNESCO, underlining the importance of
mangrove ecosystems as “a unique, special and vulnerable ecosystem, providing by virtue of
their existence, biomass and productivity substantial benefits to human beings, providing
forestry, fishery goods and services as well as contributing to the protection of the coastline
and being particularly relevant in terms of mitigation of the effects of climate change and food
security for local communities.”
In 2013 the Minister from ROGB, celebrated the World Wetlands Day in Nieuw Nickerie at the
Bigi Pan Wetland site. This event was focused on the importance of wetlands for their
contribution towards biodiversity, how people interact and depend on wetlands and the
necessity for sound management. Suriname has two World Heritage Sites namely the Central
Suriname Nature Reserve and the Historic Inner City of Paramaribo. Unfortunately, there are
no plans in Suriname to designate mangrove ecosystems in Suriname as World Heritage Site.
4.2.4 Convention on the International Trade of Endangered Species (CITES)
CITES aims to monitor and regulate the international trade of wild plants and animals to
preserve and protect these populations. The CITES includes in its Appendices species living in
mangrove ecosystems such as the mangrove hummingbird, the mangrove black hawk, and
several species of reptile. The convention urges all Parties to adopt appropriate measures for
effective implementation of the Convention including to:
a) designate at least one Management Authority and one Scientific Authority;
b) prohibit trade in specimens in violation of the Convention;
c) penalize such trade; or
d) confiscate specimens illegally traded or possessed;
In Suriname the Management Authority is the Head of LBB and the Scientific Authority is the
Nature Conservation Committee.
The CITES obligations to prohibit the trade in specimens and penalize the illegal trade is
regulated through the Game Law (Jachtwet) for animal species and the Forest Management
Law (Boswet) for plant species. The Coppename Rivermouth is a Ramsar site (and Western
Hemisphere Shorebird Reserve).
4.2.5 Convention on Nature Protection and Wild Life Preservation in the Western Hemisphere
This Convention aims to secure the protection of all species of flora and fauna and their
habitats. In addition, it seeks to preserve scenery of great natural beauty, and other sites of
geological, aesthetic, historic or scientific value. Largely relates to the establishment of
protected areas of various categories for purposes including, but not limited to, provision for
migratory birds.
Party members to the convention will explore the possibility of establishing national parks,
national reserves, nature monuments, and strict wilderness reserves. They furthermore agree
to prohibit hunting, killing and capturing of members of the fauna and destruction or
20
collection of representatives of the flora in national parks. Currently, Suriname has three
Western Hemisphere Shorebird Reserves namely Coppename monding, Bigi Pan and Wia Wia.
4.2.6 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and the Paris
Agreement
Mangroves are recognized as an important resource for addressing climate change in terms
of mitigation and adaptation. Mangroves support climate change adaptation through
protection against erosion, storm surges and other climate related damage. Deforestation is
a major contributor to GHG emissions and mangroves play an important role in the global
carbon cycle and CO2 sequestration.
The Paris Agreement establishes a global goal on adaptation and strengthening resilience and
reduction of vulnerability to climate change. It aims to significantly strengthen national
adaptation efforts, including through support and international cooperation. All Parties should
engage in adaptation planning and are expected to submit and periodically update an
adaptation communication on their priorities, implementation and support needs, plans and
actions. Developing country Parties will receive enhanced technical and financial support for
adaptation actions.
The Paris Agreement also establishes binding commitments by all Parties to prepare,
communicate and maintain a nationally determined contribution (NDC) and to pursue
domestic measures to achieve them. It also prescribes that Parties shall communicate their
NDCs every 5 years and provide information necessary for clarity and transparency. Developed
countries should continue to take the lead by undertaking absolute economy-wide reduction
targets, while developing countries should continue enhancing their mitigation efforts, and
are encouraged to move toward economy-wide targets over time in the light of different
national circumstances. In accordance with the principle of “common but differentiated
responsibility and respective capabilities” set out in the Convention, developed country
Parties are to provide financial resources to assist developing country Parties in implementing
the objectives of the UNFCCC. The Paris Agreement reaffirms the obligations of developed
countries, while for the first time also encouraging voluntary contributions by other Parties.
Suriname ratified the UNFCCC and Paris Agreement and is thereby obliged to develop an NDC
and strengthen national adaptation efforts, through financial and technical support and
international cooperation.
4.3 MEAs Related to Prevention of Marine Pollution
Several MEAs related to the protection of the marine environment recognize the importance
for international action to prevent and eliminate pollution of the sea to protect the marine
environment and thereby protect mangrove. These MEAs call upon States to take all possible
steps to prevent and eliminate pollution from offshore sources and to conserve marine
ecosystems including mangroves. In this section the main conventions focused on regulating
and preventing marine pollution, of which Suriname is a member state, are addressed.
21
4.3.1 International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL)
This convention is the main international convention covering prevention of pollution of the
marine environment by ships from operational or accidental causes. MARPOL defines certain
sea areas as "special areas" in which, for technical reasons relating to their oceanographical
and ecological condition and to their sea traffic, the adoption of special mandatory methods
for the prevention of sea pollution is required. The conventions consist of 6 annexes of which
Annex V is for “Prevention of pollution by garbage from ships”. Since 2011 the Wider
Caribbean region including the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea are listed as special area
under annex 5. Suriname is member of MARPOL.
4.3.2 The Convention on the Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping of Wastes and Other
Matter 1972, ("London Convention") and London Protocol
The main goal is to protect the marine environment from pollution caused by the dumping of
wastes and other matter into the ocean. Their objective is to promote the effective control of
all sources of marine pollution and to take all practicable steps to prevent pollution of the sea
by dumping of wastes and other matter. It covers the deliberate disposal at sea of wastes or
other matter from vessels, aircraft, and platforms and does not cover discharges from land-
based sources such as pipes, outfalls etc.
4.3.3 International Convention Relating to Intervention on the High Seas in Cases of Oil
Pollution Casualties, 1969
The Convention gives a coastal State the right to take measures on the high seas as may be
necessary to prevent, mitigate or eliminate danger to its coastline or related interests from
pollution by oil. The first focus of this convention was on casualties involving pollution from
oil and therefor a protocol was adopted in 1973 and the scope was extended with substances
other than oil.
The list of the relevant MEAs is included in Annex 2 of the report.
22
A
NN
EX 1
: Lis
t o
f re
leva
nt
legi
slat
ion
for
the
pro
tect
ion
of
Man
grov
es
Titl
e o
f th
e La
w
Rel
evan
t ar
ticl
es
Co
nst
itu
tio
n o
f th
e R
epu
blic
of
Suri
nam
e
(Gro
nd
wet
van
Su
rin
ame)
S.B
. 19
87
no
11
6 as
ame
nd
ed b
y S.
B 1
99
2 n
o.
38
On
e o
f th
e St
ate'
s so
cial
ob
ject
ives
is t
o s
ust
ain
able
dev
elo
p t
he
nat
ura
l res
ou
rces
an
d t
her
eby
crea
te c
on
dit
ion
s th
at a
re
nec
essa
ry t
o p
rote
ct n
atu
re a
nd
pre
serv
e th
e ec
olo
gica
l bal
ance
. (A
rtic
le 6
a a
nd
g)
The
nat
ura
l res
ou
rces
are
th
e p
rop
erty
of
the
Nat
ion
an
d s
hal
l be
use
d t
o p
rom
ote
eco
no
mic
, so
cial
an
d c
ult
ura
l
dev
elo
pm
ent
of
the
cou
ntr
y (A
rtic
le 4
1).
Pla
nn
ing
Law
(Pla
nw
et)
G.B
. 19
73
no
89
.
The
Min
iste
r w
ill m
ake
the
arra
nge
men
ts r
equ
ired
fo
r a
coh
eren
t an
d s
ust
ain
able
po
licy
for
the
dev
elo
pm
ent
of
Suri
nam
e
(art
icle
2)
The
ob
ject
ive
of
the
lan
d-u
se p
olic
y o
f th
e M
inis
ter
is a
mo
ngs
t o
ther
s th
e o
pti
mal
exp
loit
atio
n o
f th
e n
atu
ral r
eso
urc
es in
the
inte
rest
of
pu
blic
pro
sper
ity
and
th
eir
wel
fare
e.g
. fo
r su
ffic
ien
t jo
b s
ecu
rity
, op
tim
al d
istr
ibu
tio
n a
nd
to
kee
p a
s fa
r as
po
ssib
le, a
bal
ance
bet
wee
n t
he
avai
lab
le s
pac
e (l
and
) an
d it
s d
evel
op
men
t. In
gen
eral
, en
viro
nm
enta
l co
nd
itio
ns
will
hav
e
to b
e cr
eate
d f
or
mai
nta
inin
g a
hea
lth
y en
viro
nm
ent,
am
on
g o
ther
th
ings
, du
e to
saf
egu
ard
ing
nat
ure
res
erve
s an
d o
f
recr
eati
on
al s
pac
e ac
cord
ing
to t
he
futu
re s
ize
of
the
po
pu
lati
on
, to
geth
er w
ith
kee
pin
g th
e so
il, w
ater
an
d a
ir c
lean
(Art
icle
3).
Are
as c
an b
e d
esig
nat
ed o
n t
he
map
s o
f a
Nat
ion
al a
nd
/or
Reg
ion
al D
evel
op
men
t P
rogr
am. T
hes
e m
aps
can
, am
on
g o
ther
thin
gs, d
esig
nat
e:
- D
evel
op
men
t ar
eas,
po
ssib
ly d
isti
ngu
ish
ing
pro
du
ctio
n a
reas
, su
ch a
s fo
rest
ry, a
gric
ult
ura
l, m
inin
g, a
nd
ind
ust
rial
pro
du
ctio
n, m
ixed
an
d o
ther
fo
rms
of
pro
du
ctio
n;
- R
esid
enti
al a
reas
, an
d
- Sp
ecia
l co
ntr
olle
d a
reas
are
are
as f
or
wh
ich
a s
pec
ial f
orm
of
man
agem
ent
by
the
gove
rnm
ent
is d
esir
ed
.
Man
agem
ent
of
thes
e ar
eas
will
be
regu
late
d t
hro
ugh
Sta
te O
rder
(A
rtic
le 7
).
23
Urb
an P
lan
nin
g La
w
(Ste
deb
ou
wku
nd
ige
Wet
)
G.B
19
72
No
. 96
, as
ame
nd
ed b
y SB
20
02
no
. 72
For
the
dis
tric
t o
f P
aram
arib
o a
nd
oth
er r
esid
enti
al a
reas
on
e o
r m
ore
str
uct
ura
l pla
ns
shal
l be
esta
blis
hed
. Th
e st
ruct
ure
pla
n is
des
ign
ed b
y th
e M
inis
try
(art
icle
2).
Bas
ed o
n t
he
esta
blis
hed
an
d a
pp
rove
d s
tru
ctu
re p
lan
s, o
ne
or
mo
re z
on
ing
pla
ns
are
dev
elo
ped
in t
he
inte
rest
of
goo
d
urb
an p
lan
nin
g (a
rtic
le 3
).
Ru
les
can
be
det
erm
ined
in a
zo
nin
g p
lan
:
a. t
o p
reve
nt
that
an
are
a b
eco
mes
less
su
itab
le f
or
its
des
ign
atio
n;
b. f
or
the
pro
tect
ion
an
d e
nfo
rcem
ent
of
a p
rop
ose
d d
esti
nat
ion
. (ar
ticl
e 3
)
An
are
a fo
r w
hic
h a
str
uct
ura
l pla
n h
as b
een
est
ablis
hed
or
is d
esig
nat
ed a
s a
resi
den
tial
are
a m
ay b
e p
arce
led
aft
er t
he
Min
iste
r fr
om
OW
T&C
has
ap
pro
ved
th
e al
lotm
ent
pla
n (
arti
cle
7).
Bu
ildin
g La
w 1
956
(Bo
uw
wet
)
GB
19
56
no
. 30
, am
en
ded
by
SB 2
00
2 n
o. 7
It is
fo
rbid
den
to
bu
ild u
nle
ss w
ith
pri
or
wri
tten
per
mis
sio
n f
rom
th
e D
irec
tor
fro
m O
WT&
C (
arti
cle
1).
Nat
ure
Pro
tect
ion
Law
(Nat
uu
rbes
cher
min
gsw
et)
G.B
. 19
54
no
. 26
am
end
ed
by
S.B
. 19
92
no
. 80
Aft
er t
he
Pre
sid
ent
has
hea
rd t
he
Co
un
cil o
f St
ate,
lan
d a
nd
wat
ers
bel
on
gin
g to
th
e St
ate
may
be
des
ign
ated
as
nat
ure
rese
rves
by
Stat
e O
rder
(A
rt.1
)
In o
rder
to
be
des
ign
ated
as
a n
atu
re r
eser
ve, a
n a
rea
mu
st m
eet
the
follo
win
g re
qu
irem
ents
: it
des
erve
s p
rote
ctio
n f
rom
the
gove
rnm
ent
du
e to
alt
ern
atin
g n
atu
re a
nd
lan
dsc
ape
bea
uty
an
d /
or
by
the
pre
sen
ce o
f fl
ora
, fau
na
and
geo
logi
cal
ob
ject
s o
f an
imp
ort
ant
scie
nti
fic
or
cult
ura
l nat
ure
. (ar
t.2
)
The
Hea
d o
f th
e N
atio
nal
Fo
rest
Man
agem
ent
ove
rsee
s th
e ge
ner
al m
anag
eme
nt
of
nat
ure
res
erve
s, w
ho
is a
dvi
sed
fo
r
this
pu
rpo
se b
y th
e N
atu
re C
on
serv
atio
n C
om
mis
sio
n. (
Art
.4)
It is
pro
hib
ited
to
inte
nti
on
ally
or
du
e to
neg
ligen
ce d
amag
e th
e co
nd
itio
n o
f th
e so
il, t
he
nat
ura
l bea
uty
, th
e fa
un
a, a
nd
the
flo
ra o
r to
per
form
act
s th
at m
ay im
pai
r th
e va
lue
of
the
rese
rve
as s
uch
. It
is a
lso
pro
hib
ited
to
hu
nt
and
fis
h.
24
Furt
her
mo
re, p
erso
ns
are
no
t al
low
ed t
o h
ave
wit
h t
hem
do
gs, f
irea
rms,
an
d a
ny
hu
nti
ng
or
catc
hin
g d
evic
e, w
ith
ou
t th
e
req
uir
ed li
cen
se t
her
eto
(A
rtic
le 5
).
Dec
ree
L2
: Dec
ree
Issu
ance
Do
mai
nla
nd
(De
cree
t u
itgi
fte
do
mei
ngr
on
d)
S.B
. 19
82
no
. 11
All
lan
d t
o w
hic
h o
ther
s h
ave
no
t p
rove
n t
hei
r ri
ght
of
ow
ner
ship
is d
om
ain
of
the
Stat
e (A
rtic
le 1
).
A r
equ
est
for
do
mai
n la
nd
can
be
refu
sed
if t
he
pu
rpo
se o
f th
e al
loca
ted
lan
d is
co
ntr
ary
to r
egio
nal
dev
elo
pm
ent
pla
ns
or
zon
ing
pla
ns
(Art
icle
7).
In c
ase,
do
mai
n la
nd
(in
wh
ole
or
par
tial
) fo
r w
hic
h a
lan
d le
ase
titl
e h
as b
een
issu
ed, i
s n
eed
ed f
or
pu
blic
wo
rks
or
in
pu
blic
inte
rest
, th
e M
inis
ter
can
wit
hd
raw
th
e ri
ght
of
leas
e. T
he
titl
e h
old
er (
lan
d le
ssee
) is
en
titl
ed t
o c
om
pen
sati
on
(Art
icle
31
).
Min
iste
rial
Ord
er t
o m
ake
avai
lab
le t
o t
he
Min
istr
y o
f
RG
B, t
he
coas
tal a
rea,
resp
ecti
vely
No
rth
Co
ron
ie,
No
rth
Sar
amac
ca, N
ort
h
Co
mm
ewijn
e /
Mar
ow
ijne
and
Big
i Pan
.
(Min
iste
riel
e B
esch
ikki
nge
n
voo
r h
et in
stel
len
van
No
ord
Co
ron
ie, N
oo
rd
Sara
mac
ca, N
oo
rd
Co
mm
ewijn
e/M
aro
wijn
e en
het
Big
i Pan
geb
ied
)
S.B
. 20
02
no
. 87
S.B
. 20
02
no
. 88
S.B
. 20
02
no
. 94
The
coas
tal s
trip
of
thes
e sp
ecia
l man
agem
ent
area
s is
imp
ort
ant
bec
ause
th
ey h
arb
ou
r, a
mo
ng
oth
er t
hin
gs, v
ast
man
gro
ve f
ore
sts
that
are
of
gre
at im
po
rtan
ce a
s n
atu
ral s
eaw
all,
wh
erea
s ce
rtai
n t
ypes
of
sea
fish
an
d s
ea s
hri
mp
sp
end
thei
r la
rva
stag
es in
th
e b
rack
ish
wat
er c
oas
tal a
rea
(nu
rser
y an
d p
rod
uct
ion
fu
nct
ion
s); i
s p
arti
cula
rly
rich
in b
ird
s an
d
serv
es a
s b
reed
ing
gro
un
d f
or
larg
e co
asta
l bir
ds
and
as
a fe
edin
g ar
ea f
or
larg
e n
um
ber
s o
f m
igra
tory
bir
ds;
off
ers
op
po
rtu
nit
ies
for
nat
ure
to
uri
sm a
nd
inte
nsi
fica
tio
n o
f b
eeke
epin
g.
The
pro
tect
ion
of
the
area
s is
(u
rgen
tly)
nec
essa
ry d
ue
to, a
mo
ng
oth
er t
hin
gs:
-
the
ob
stru
ctio
n o
f th
e fr
esh
wat
er s
up
ply
to
th
e m
angr
ove
fo
rest
s b
y la
nd
rec
lam
atio
n o
f th
e
a
rea,
wh
ich
en
dan
gers
th
e o
pti
mal
fu
nct
ion
ing
of
the
man
gro
ve f
ore
sts,
wit
h a
ll it
s
c
on
seq
uen
ces;
-
incr
ease
d p
ollu
tio
n o
f th
e b
rack
ish
wat
er s
wam
ps
wit
h a
gric
ult
ura
l ch
emic
als,
wh
ich
su
bst
anti
ally
t
hre
aten
th
e n
urs
ery
and
pro
du
ctio
n f
un
ctio
ns
of
the
bra
ckis
h c
oas
tal a
rea;
-
the
eco
no
mic
dis
adva
nta
ge t
hat
ari
ses
afte
r ag
ricu
ltu
ral p
esti
cid
es h
ave
pen
etra
ted
fo
od
ch
ain
s
i
n s
hri
mp
, fis
h, p
ou
ltry
an
d g
ame,
mak
ing
them
un
suit
able
fo
r lo
cal c
on
sum
pti
on
an
d e
xpo
rt.
25
Min
iste
rial
Ord
er G
uid
elin
es
for
Lan
d Is
suan
ce E
stu
arin
e
Man
agem
ent
Are
as
(Min
iste
riel
e B
esch
ikki
ng
Ric
htl
ijnen
Gro
nd
uit
gift
e
Estu
arie
ne
Geb
ied
)
S.B
. 20
05
no
. 16
The
follo
win
g ge
ner
al c
on
dit
ion
s ap
ply
fo
r th
e is
suan
ce o
f d
om
ain
lan
d in
th
e es
tuar
ine
man
agem
ent
area
:
A s
trip
of
500
met
ers
on
bo
th s
ides
of
the
rive
rs a
nd
a s
tro
ke o
f 2
00
met
ers
on
bo
th s
ides
of
cree
ks is
res
erve
d f
or
pro
tect
ion
fo
rest
or
con
vers
ion
fo
rest
;
Extr
acti
on
of
wat
er f
rom
th
e es
tuar
ine
swam
ps
is n
ot
per
mit
ted
;
Dis
char
gin
g w
ater
wit
h r
esid
ues
of
chem
ical
s (p
esti
cid
es, f
erti
lizer
s an
d t
he
like)
in t
he
estu
arin
e sw
amp
s is
no
t p
erm
itte
d
(Art
icle
4).
Fore
st M
anag
emen
t La
w
(Wet
Bo
sbeh
eer)
S.B
. 19
92
no
. 80
The
Min
iste
r sh
all b
e re
spo
nsi
ble
fo
r th
e m
anag
emen
t o
f th
e fo
rest
, wh
ich
is a
imed
at
a ra
tio
nal
use
of
the
fore
st it
self
as
a re
gen
erat
ing
nat
ura
l res
ou
rce
in t
he
sen
se t
hat
: a. t
he
stab
ilizi
ng
infl
uen
ce o
f th
e fo
rest
on
th
e
nat
ura
l en
viro
nm
ent,
on
th
e so
il, w
ater
, flo
ra a
nd
fau
na,
is n
ot
affe
cted
an
d t
hat
, in
th
is w
ay, t
he
elem
enta
ry n
atu
ral
req
uir
emen
ts f
or
the
pre
serv
atio
n o
f th
e q
ual
ity
of
life
in S
uri
nam
e is
sec
ure
d;
(Art
icle
2).
The
fore
st m
ay b
e cl
assi
fied
in p
erm
anen
t fo
rest
, fo
rest
to
be
cut
ove
r o
nce
on
ly, f
ore
st t
o b
e p
rese
rved
tem
po
rari
ly (
arti
cle
4).
In t
he
des
ign
atio
n o
f p
erm
anen
t fo
rest
, a d
isti
nct
ion
may
be
mad
e b
etw
een
per
man
ent
pro
du
ctiv
e fo
rest
, pro
tect
ion
fo
rest
and
sp
ecia
lly p
rote
cted
fo
rest
. (ar
ticl
e 5
).
The
Min
iste
r fr
om
RG
B c
an s
et d
etai
led
ru
les
by
Min
iste
rial
Ord
er c
on
cern
ing:
a.
the
des
ign
atio
n o
f ce
rtai
n t
ypes
of
wo
od
as
mar
keta
ble
acc
ord
ing
to e
stab
lish
ed f
ellin
g st
and
ard
s
b.
the
det
erm
inat
ion
of
the
min
imu
m t
run
k d
iam
eter
fo
r ce
rtai
n s
pec
ies
of
tree
s, b
elo
w w
hic
h n
o s
uch
sp
ecim
ens
may
be
cut
c.
pro
hib
itio
n o
r re
stri
ctio
n o
f th
e fe
llin
g o
f ce
rtai
n s
pec
ies
of
wo
od
. (A
rtic
le 1
4)
Law
co
nta
inin
g ru
les
on
th
e
Mar
itim
e Zo
nes
of
the
Rep
ub
lic o
f Su
rin
ame
(Wet
Mar
itim
e Zo
nes
)
S.B
. 20
17
no
. 41
Suri
nam
e ex
erci
ses
sove
reig
n r
igh
ts o
ver
its
lan
d a
rea
and
ter
rito
rial
sea
(u
p t
o 1
2 n
auti
cal m
iles)
. Oth
er s
tate
s h
ave
the
righ
t o
f in
no
cen
t p
assa
ge w
ith
du
e o
bse
rvan
ce o
f in
tern
atio
nal
law
(ar
ticl
e 1
).
The
con
tigu
ou
s Zo
ne
is t
he
area
ad
jace
nt
to a
nd
ext
end
ing
fro
m t
he
ou
ter
bo
un
dar
y o
f th
e te
rrit
ori
al s
ea t
o a
dis
tan
ce o
f
24
nau
tica
l mile
s fr
om
th
e b
asel
ine
and
in t
his
are
a th
e St
ate
exer
cise
s co
ntr
ol o
ver
com
plia
nce
wit
h t
he
law
s w
ith
in t
he
terr
ito
ry. I
n t
he
con
tigu
ou
s zo
ne,
a p
erm
it is
req
uir
ed f
or
the
rem
ova
l of
ob
ject
s o
f an
arc
hae
olo
gica
l or
his
tori
cal n
atu
re
(Art
icle
s 7
an
d 8
)
26
It h
as b
een
sp
ecif
ical
ly r
egu
late
d t
hat
a li
cen
se is
req
uir
ed t
o in
ten
tio
nal
ly d
isp
ose
of
was
te a
nd
oth
er s
ub
stan
ces
in t
he
EEZ.
Th
e d
elib
erat
e d
isp
osa
l of
was
te a
nd
oth
er s
ub
stan
ces
incl
ud
es:
a. d
elib
erat
e d
isp
osa
l of
was
te o
r o
ther
su
bst
ance
s fr
om
sh
ips,
air
craf
t, p
latf
orm
s o
r o
ther
art
ific
ial s
tru
ctu
res
in t
he
sea
;
b. t
he
sto
rage
of
was
te o
r o
ther
su
bst
ance
s in
th
e se
abed
an
d t
he
sub
soil
ori
gin
atin
g fr
om
sh
ips,
air
craf
t, p
latf
orm
s o
r
oth
er a
rtif
icia
l str
uct
ure
s in
th
e se
a; a
nd
d. t
he
ab
and
on
men
t o
r o
n-s
ite
tilt
ing
of
pla
tfo
rms
or
oth
er a
rtif
icia
l str
uct
ure
s in
th
e se
a, f
or
the
sole
pu
rpo
se o
f
del
iber
atel
y d
isca
rdin
g th
ese.
The
Rep
ub
lic o
f Su
rin
ame
has
so
vere
ign
rig
hts
in t
he
con
tin
enta
l sh
elf
for
the
exp
lora
tio
n a
nd
exp
loit
atio
n o
f th
e n
atu
ral
reso
urc
es o
f th
e p
late
au, i
ncl
ud
ing
the
livin
g o
rgan
ism
s.
In a
dd
itio
n, t
he
Stat
e h
as ju
risd
icti
on
ove
r:
(1)
the
crea
tio
n a
nd
use
of
arti
fici
al is
lan
ds,
inst
alla
tio
ns
and
str
uct
ure
s;
(2)
mar
ine
scie
nti
fic
rese
arch
;
(3)
the
pro
tect
ion
an
d c
on
serv
atio
n o
f th
e m
arin
e en
viro
nm
ent.
c. o
ther
rig
hts
an
d o
blig
atio
ns
stip
ula
ted
in in
tern
atio
nal
law
. (A
rtic
le 1
5)
Law
co
nta
inin
g R
ule
s o
n t
he
esta
blis
hm
ent
of
the
Co
ast
Gu
ard
(Es
tab
lish
men
t C
oas
t
Gu
ard
Act
)
(Wet
inst
elle
n K
ust
wac
ht)
S.B
. 20
17
n0
. 32
The
Co
ast
Gu
ard
of
Suri
nam
e, i
nte
rnat
ion
ally
kn
ow
n a
s th
e Su
rin
ame
Co
ast
Gu
ard
, has
bee
n e
stab
lish
ed a
nd
ch
arge
d w
ith
sup
ervi
sory
inve
stig
atio
n a
nd
ser
vice
tas
ks, o
f in
ter
alia
sh
ip c
rim
es a
nd
vio
lati
on
s o
f th
e fi
sher
ies
legi
slat
ion
.
The
serv
ice
task
s ar
e:
a. s
ettl
eme
nt
of
eme
rgen
cy, r
ush
an
d s
afet
y tr
affi
c;
b. a
ssis
tan
ce a
nd
em
erge
ncy
re
spo
nse
, an
d
c. o
ther
fo
rms
of
serv
ice.
(A
rtic
le2
)
The
Co
ast
Gu
ard
exe
rcis
es it
s d
uti
es in
th
e in
lan
d w
ater
s an
d t
he
terr
ito
rial
wat
ers
of
Suri
nam
e, a
s w
ell a
s in
th
e
con
tigu
ou
s ec
on
om
ic z
on
e an
d t
he
airs
pac
e ab
ove
it.
(A
rtic
le 3
)
27
Dec
ree
of
May
8, 1
98
6,
con
tain
ing
gen
eral
ru
les
on
the
exp
lora
tio
n a
nd
exp
loit
atio
n o
f m
iner
als
(Min
ing
Law
)
(De
cree
t M
ijnb
ou
w)
S.B
. 19
86
no
. 28
am
end
ed
by
S.B
. 19
97
no
. 44
.
All
min
eral
s w
ith
in t
he
terr
ito
ry o
f th
e St
ate
of
Suri
nam
e, i
ncl
ud
ing
the
terr
ito
rial
sea
, its
so
il an
d s
ub
soil
bel
on
g to
th
e
Stat
e. A
ll m
iner
als
in a
nd
on
th
e gr
ou
nd
are
dee
med
to
hav
e b
een
sep
arat
ed f
rom
th
e p
rop
erty
of
the
lan
d. I
n t
he
eco
no
mic
zo
ne
and
th
e co
nti
nen
tal s
hel
f, t
he
Stat
e o
f Su
rin
ame
exer
cise
s ex
clu
sive
so
vere
ign
rig
hts
in r
esp
ect
of
reco
nn
aiss
ance
of
and
exp
lora
tio
n f
or,
exp
loit
atio
n a
nd
mai
nte
nan
ce, a
nd
man
agem
ent
of
min
eral
s o
n t
he
seab
ed, i
n t
he
sub
surf
ace
and
in t
he
abo
ve-l
oca
ted
wat
ers.
By
Stat
e D
ecre
e ru
les
will
be
laid
do
wn
fo
r, in
ter
alia
:
- th
e es
tab
lish
men
t an
d u
se o
f ar
tifi
cial
isla
nd
s, in
stal
lati
on
s an
d s
imila
r co
nst
ruct
ion
s;
- th
e p
rote
ctio
n o
f th
e m
arin
e en
viro
nm
ent,
incl
usi
ve o
f ta
kin
g m
easu
res
agai
nst
po
lluti
on
;
- co
nd
uct
ing
scie
nti
fic
rese
arch
an
d e
xper
imen
ts;
- A
ll o
ther
act
ivit
ies,
aim
ed a
t ef
fici
ent
reco
nn
aiss
ance
of,
exp
lora
tio
n f
or
and
exp
loit
atio
n o
f m
iner
als
in t
he
eco
no
mic
zon
e an
d t
he
con
tin
enta
l sh
elf.
All
min
ing
acti
viti
es s
hal
l be
carr
ied
ou
t in
th
e m
ost
eff
icie
nt
way
, tak
ing
into
acc
ou
nt
the
inte
rest
s o
f th
e n
atio
n, t
he
mo
st
mo
der
n in
tern
atio
nal
tec
hn
iqu
es a
nd
th
e ge
ner
ally
acc
epte
d m
eth
od
s in
th
e m
inin
g in
du
stry
. Exp
ert
use
sh
all b
e m
ade
of
adva
nce
d t
ech
no
logy
wit
h d
ue
ob
serv
ance
of
app
licab
le s
afet
y an
d h
ealt
h s
tan
dar
ds
for
per
son
ne
l in
par
ticu
lar
and
th
e
com
mu
nit
y at
larg
e, a
s w
ell a
s st
and
ard
s fo
r ec
osy
stem
pro
tect
ion
. (A
rtic
le 2
)
Up
on
th
e te
rmin
atio
n o
f a
min
ing
righ
t, t
he
ho
lder
sh
all,
to t
he
sati
sfac
tio
n o
f th
e M
inis
ter,
tak
e th
e n
eces
sary
ste
ps
in
ord
er t
o r
esp
ect
pu
blic
saf
ety,
co
nse
rve
the
dep
osi
t, r
ehab
ilita
te t
he
are
a an
d p
rote
ct t
he
envi
ron
men
t (A
rtic
le1
6)
Law
co
nta
inin
g ru
les
on
th
e
exp
lora
tio
n a
nd
exp
loit
atio
n o
f
hyd
roca
rbo
ns
(Pet
role
um
Law
)
(P
etro
leu
m W
et)
Wh
en e
nte
rin
g in
to p
etro
leu
m a
gree
men
ts w
ith
th
ird
par
ties
, Sta
te-o
wn
ed c
om
pan
ies
shal
l en
sure
th
at t
he
exp
lora
tio
n
and
rat
ion
al d
eve
lop
men
t o
f th
e p
etro
leu
m d
epo
sits
sh
all t
ake
pla
ce in
th
e m
ost
eff
ecti
ve m
ann
er a
nd
in a
cco
rdan
ce w
ith
the
bes
t in
tern
atio
nal
tec
hn
iqu
es a
nd
use
s an
d t
hat
th
e ad
vers
e ef
fect
s o
n t
he
envi
ron
men
t ar
e p
reve
nte
d.
(Art
icle
6)
By
Stat
e D
ecre
e, f
urt
her
ru
les
may
be
laid
do
wn
fo
r:
a)
sett
ing
stan
dar
ds
for
pet
role
um
an
d f
or
its
tran
spo
rt.
b)
pre
serv
ing
pet
role
um
an
d p
reve
nti
ng
un
nec
essa
ry w
aste
.
28
S.B
. 19
91
no
. 7, a
men
ded
by
S.B
. 20
01
no
. 58
c)
pro
tect
ing
fish
ing,
sh
ipp
ing
and
oth
er a
ctiv
itie
s w
ith
in o
r n
ear
the
are
as w
her
e p
etro
leu
m o
per
atio
ns
are
carr
ied
ou
t.
(art
icle
28
)
Law
fo
r th
e re
gula
tio
n o
f
the
trad
e in
an
d t
he
use
of
pes
tici
des
(P
esti
cid
es L
aw)
(Bes
trijd
ings
mid
del
enw
et)
G.B
. 19
72
no
15
1 a
s
rece
ntl
y am
en
ded
by
S.B
.
20
05
no
. 10
.
On
ly p
esti
cid
es a
llow
ed p
urs
uan
t to
th
e la
w m
ay b
e so
ld, k
ept
in s
tock
or
use
d. P
est
icid
es m
ay n
ot
hav
e h
arm
ful s
ide
-
effe
cts
on
, in
ter
alia
, pu
blic
hea
lth
an
d t
he
pro
du
ctio
n c
apac
ity
of
the
soil,
pla
nts
or
par
ts o
f p
lan
ts, o
r an
imal
s if
th
is
dam
age
is d
isp
rop
ort
ion
atel
y h
igh
in r
elat
ion
to
th
e in
ten
ded
pu
rpo
se o
f th
e p
rod
uct
.
The
des
tru
ctio
n o
f p
acka
gin
g an
d r
esid
ues
of
pes
tici
des
mu
st in
fac
t b
e ca
rrie
d o
ut
in s
uch
a w
ay t
hat
it p
ose
s n
o d
ange
r to
wat
er e
xtra
ctio
n s
ites
or
surf
ace
wat
er.
Test
s w
ith
pes
tici
des
sh
all h
ave
to t
ake
pla
ce in
su
ch a
way
th
at t
his
do
es
no
t p
ose
a r
isk
of
con
tam
inat
ion
of
the
envi
ron
men
t, in
par
ticu
lar
surf
ace
wat
er.
Fish
Sto
ck P
rote
ctio
n L
aw
(Vis
stan
db
esch
erm
ings
wet
)
S.B
. 19
81
No
. 66
.
The
Min
iste
r m
ay, f
or
the
pro
tect
ion
of
the
fish
sto
cks:
det
erm
ine
the
nu
mb
er a
nd
typ
e o
f th
e fi
shin
g ro
ds
/ o
r h
and
lin
es
th
e n
um
ber
s o
f fi
sh t
hat
may
be
cap
ture
d in
th
e fi
sh p
erio
d.
It is
fo
rbid
den
:
a)
to b
uy,
exc
han
ge, a
ccep
t, p
rese
nt,
sel
l, d
eliv
er o
r tr
ansp
ort
fis
h u
nd
er t
he
mea
sure
det
erm
ined
by
or
pu
rsu
ant
to S
tate
Dec
ree
;
b)
des
tro
y, d
isp
lace
, rem
ove
, bu
y, s
ell,
sup
ply
, tra
nsp
ort
, hav
e, a
nd
hav
e in
sto
ck, o
r h
ave
for
sale
or
on
del
iver
y, e
ggs
or
egg
nes
ts o
f fi
sh s
pec
ies;
c)
to b
uy,
exc
han
ge, a
ccep
t, s
ell,
del
iver
, tra
nsp
ort
, or
to s
ell d
uri
ng
the
clo
sed
per
iod
of
tim
e p
resc
rib
ed b
y o
r p
urs
uan
t to
the
Stat
e D
ecre
e, f
ish
, or
to h
ave
in o
ne’
s p
oss
essi
on
su
ch f
ish
fo
r sa
le o
r d
eliv
ery
or
fou
r d
ays
afte
r th
e b
egin
nin
g, u
nti
l
the
end
of
such
tim
e fo
r an
y o
ther
rea
son
. (A
rtic
le 5
)
29
Dra
ft L
aw o
f 20
16
con
tain
ing
gen
eral
ru
les
for
the
pro
tect
ion
of
the
coas
tal a
rea
(Co
asta
l Are
a
Pro
tect
ion
Law
)
(On
twer
p W
et b
esch
erm
d
Ku
stge
bie
d)
The
coas
tal a
rea
exte
nd
s in
lan
d f
rom
th
e si
x-m
eter
dep
th li
ne
of
the
Atl
anti
c O
cean
to
th
e ar
ea t
hat
mu
st b
e su
bje
ct t
o
man
agem
ent
du
e to
th
e d
irec
t an
d s
ign
ific
ant
imp
act
on
co
asta
l wat
ers
and
eco
syst
em
s. A
map
will
be
add
ed, i
nd
icat
ing
the
bo
un
dar
y o
f th
e p
rote
cted
co
asta
l are
a. T
he
bo
un
dar
ies
of
the
pro
tect
ed c
oas
tal a
rea
may
alw
ays
be
chan
ged
by
stat
e
dec
ree
if t
her
e is
rea
son
to
do
so
. Th
is r
easo
n m
ay a
rise
aft
er a
n in
ven
tory
an
d in
vest
igat
ion
has
bee
n d
on
e o
f th
e en
tire
coas
tal a
rea
of
Suri
nam
e b
y th
e C
oas
tal A
rea
Man
agem
ent
Au
tho
rity
.
In t
his
res
pec
t ec
on
om
ic -
an
d c
ult
ura
l asp
ects
an
d t
he
nat
ura
l ch
arac
teri
stic
s ar
e c
on
cern
ed s
uch
as
the
dep
th
mea
sure
men
ts in
th
e se
a, t
op
ogr
aph
y, s
oil
typ
es, n
atu
ral v
eget
atio
n a
nd
lan
d u
se, h
ydro
logy
an
d c
limat
olo
gy a
nd
clim
ate
chan
ges.
(A
rtic
le 2
)
It h
as b
een
sp
ecif
ical
ly r
egu
late
d t
hat
wit
hin
th
e b
ou
nd
arie
s o
f th
e p
rote
cted
co
asta
l are
a n
o r
igh
ts, p
erm
issi
on
, lic
ense
or
con
cess
ion
sh
all b
e p
rovi
ded
to
th
ird
par
ties
un
der
an
y n
ame
wh
atso
eve
r, ir
resp
ecti
ve o
f th
e b
asis
fo
r su
ch p
rovi
sio
n in
any
oth
er s
tatu
tory
re
gula
tio
n o
r ad
min
istr
ativ
e d
ecre
e. A
n e
xcep
tio
n is
mad
e to
th
is w
hen
th
at r
igh
t, p
erm
issi
on
, per
mit
or
con
cess
ion
, is
gran
ted
fo
r th
e p
rese
rvat
ion
of
coas
tal a
nd
eco
syst
ems,
as
wel
l as
in o
ther
cas
es t
o b
e so
ind
icat
ed b
y th
e
Pre
sid
ent.
To
th
is e
nd
, th
e P
resi
den
t m
ust
ob
tain
pri
or
per
mis
sio
n f
rom
Th
e N
atio
nal
Ass
emb
ly. (
Art
icle
3)
Ther
e is
a s
pec
ific
pro
hib
itio
n t
o d
red
ge, e
xcav
ate
or
rem
ove
silt
, san
d, r
ock
, gra
vel o
r o
ther
mat
eria
l fro
m t
he
sea
bed
,
rive
r b
ed, l
ake
or
wat
er a
rea,
ban
k o
r p
arts
th
ereo
f w
ith
in t
he
bo
un
dar
ies
of
the
pro
tect
ed c
oas
tal a
rea.
An
exc
epti
on
is
also
mad
e w
hen
th
is is
do
ne
by
or
on
beh
alf
of
a co
mp
eten
t go
vern
men
tal a
uth
ori
ty f
or
the
pro
tect
ion
of
the
coas
tal a
nd
eco
syst
ems.
(Art
icle
6)
The
Min
iste
r o
f R
OG
B m
ay b
y d
ecre
e d
ecla
re e
very
par
t w
ith
in t
he
bo
un
dar
ies
of
the
pro
tect
ed c
oas
tal a
rea,
wh
ere
spec
ific
mea
sure
s ar
e n
eces
sary
fo
r th
e p
rote
ctio
n o
f vu
lner
able
eco
syst
ems,
hab
itat
s an
d a
nim
al a
nd
pla
nt
spec
ies,
to
be
a
"Pro
tect
ed A
rea"
. (A
rtic
le 7
)
This
Law
est
ablis
hes
a C
oas
tal A
rea
Man
agem
ent
Au
tho
rity
fo
r th
e m
anag
eme
nt
of
the
coas
tal a
rea
of
Suri
nam
e (A
rtic
le 8
).
30
Dra
ft L
aw o
f 20
19
,
con
tain
ing
rule
s fo
r
sust
ain
able
En
viro
nm
enta
l
man
agem
ent
(En
viro
nm
ent
Law
)
(On
twer
p M
ilieu
wet
)
The
acti
viti
es t
hat
may
hav
e ad
vers
e ef
fect
s o
n t
he
envi
ron
men
t an
d f
or
wh
ich
th
e En
viro
nm
enta
l Au
tho
rity
is a
uth
ori
zed
to r
equ
est
an e
nvi
ron
men
tal i
mp
act
anal
ysis
sh
all b
e la
id d
ow
n b
y St
ate
Ord
er (
Art
icle
21
)
The
Envi
ron
men
tal A
uth
ori
ty w
ill d
esig
nat
e co
nta
min
ants
th
at m
ay c
ause
dam
age
to h
um
an h
ealt
h o
r af
fect
th
e
envi
ron
men
t (A
rt 2
3):
The
Envi
ron
men
tal A
uth
ori
ty w
ill is
sue
envi
ron
men
tal p
erm
its
for
the
du
mp
ing
or
rele
ase
or
emis
sio
n o
f a
con
tam
inan
t o
n
or
in t
he
soil,
wat
er o
r in
th
e ai
r. T
his
will
be
sub
ject
to
co
nd
itio
ns
(Art
icle
25
).
Stan
dar
ds
and
pro
ced
ure
s fo
r h
and
ling
was
te s
hal
l be
esta
blis
hed
by
dec
ree
. (A
rt.2
8)
In t
he
case
s w
her
e Su
rin
ame
is p
arty
to
an
inte
rnat
ion
al c
on
ven
tio
n, t
he
Envi
ron
men
tal A
uth
ori
ty w
ill in
itia
te le
gisl
ativ
e
pro
po
sals
in c
lose
co
llab
ora
tio
n w
ith
th
e re
leva
nt
Min
istr
ies,
wit
h t
he
aim
of
imp
lem
enti
ng
rati
fied
co
nve
nti
on
s an
d
enab
ling
the
Stat
e o
f Su
rin
ame
to
fu
lfil
its
ob
ligat
ion
s an
d in
iden
tify
ing
app
rop
riat
e m
easu
res
to im
ple
men
t ra
tifi
ed
con
ven
tio
ns.
A r
egis
ter
of
all i
nte
rnat
ion
al e
nvi
ron
men
tal c
on
ven
tio
ns,
to
wh
ich
Su
rin
ame
is a
par
ty, s
hal
l be
kep
t in
clo
se c
olla
bo
rati
on
wit
h t
he
Min
istr
y o
f Fo
reig
n A
ffai
rs. (
Art
.30
)
Dra
ft N
atu
re L
aw 2
018
(On
twer
p N
atu
urw
et 2
018
)
For
the
con
serv
atio
n o
f th
e b
iod
iver
sity
, th
e p
rote
ctio
n o
f ec
olo
gica
l pro
cess
es, t
he
pro
tect
ion
of
mig
rati
ng
bir
ds,
end
ange
red
pla
nts
, mic
ro-o
rgan
ism
s, a
nim
als
or
tho
se t
hre
aten
ed w
ith
ext
inct
ion
an
d t
hei
r h
abit
ats
and
th
e p
rote
ctio
n o
f
are
as o
f ec
olo
gica
l im
po
rtan
ce a
nd
wh
ich
are
vu
lner
able
or
thre
aten
ed, b
y St
ate
Ord
er, a
reas
bel
on
gin
g to
th
e te
rrit
ory
of
Suri
nam
e, in
clu
din
g th
e te
rrit
ori
al w
ater
s, m
ay b
e d
esig
nat
ed a
s p
rote
cted
are
a (A
rtic
le 2
0).
31
AN
NEX
2: M
ult
ilate
ral E
nvir
on
men
tal A
gree
men
ts s
ign
ed b
y Su
rin
ame
Titl
e o
f C
on
ven
tio
n
Rel
evan
ce f
or
man
gro
ve p
rote
ctio
n
Bio
logi
cal D
iver
sity
an
d M
anag
emen
t
Un
ited
Nat
ion
s C
on
ven
tio
n o
n
Bio
logi
cal D
iver
sity
(CB
D)
Rat
ific
atio
n 1
996
Foca
l po
int,
Cab
inet
of
the
Pre
sid
ent
The
goal
of
CB
D: C
on
serv
atio
n o
f b
iolo
gica
l div
ersi
ty, t
he
sust
ain
able
use
of
its
com
po
nen
ts a
nd
th
e fa
ir a
nd
eq
uit
able
shar
ing
of
the
ben
efit
s.
This
co
nve
nti
on
is t
he
mo
st im
po
rtan
t in
tern
atio
nal
lega
l in
stru
men
t ad
dre
ssin
g p
rote
cted
are
as. T
he
term
“pro
tect
ed a
rea”
is d
efin
ed in
Art
icle
2 o
f th
e C
on
ven
tio
n a
s “a
geo
grap
hic
ally
def
ined
are
a, w
hic
h is
des
ign
ated
or
regu
late
d a
nd
man
aged
to
ach
ieve
sp
ecif
ic c
on
serv
atio
n o
bje
ctiv
es”.
Art
icle
8 o
f th
e C
on
ven
tio
n c
on
tain
s sp
ecif
ic r
efer
ence
s to
pro
tect
ed a
reas
by
enco
ura
gin
g P
arti
es t
o:
- Es
tab
lish
a s
yste
m o
f p
rote
cted
are
as o
r ar
eas
wh
ere
spec
ial m
easu
res
nee
d t
o b
e ta
ken
to
co
nse
rve
bio
logi
cal
div
ersi
ty;
- R
egu
late
or
man
age
bio
logi
cal r
eso
urc
es im
po
rtan
t fo
r th
e co
nse
rvat
ion
of
bio
logi
cal d
iver
sity
wh
eth
er w
ith
in
or
ou
tsid
e p
rote
cted
are
as, w
ith
a v
iew
to
en
suri
ng
thei
r co
nse
rvat
ion
an
d s
ust
ain
able
use
; -
Pro
mo
te e
nvi
ron
men
tally
so
un
d a
nd
su
stai
nab
le d
evel
op
men
t in
are
as a
dja
cen
t to
pro
tect
ed a
reas
; A
t th
e te
nth
mee
tin
g o
f th
e C
on
fere
nce
of
the
Par
ties
to
th
e C
BD
in 2
01
0, t
he
Stra
tegi
c P
lan
fo
r B
iod
iver
sity
20
11-
20
20
was
ad
op
ted
as
an o
vera
rch
ing
fram
ewo
rk f
or
bio
div
ersi
ty a
nd
a f
ou
nd
atio
n f
or
sust
ain
able
dev
elo
pm
ent.
Th
is
Pla
n in
clu
des
20
Aic
hi B
iod
iver
sity
Tar
gets
aim
ed a
t ad
dre
ssin
g th
e m
ajo
r d
rive
rs o
f b
iod
iver
sity
loss
an
d s
up
po
rtin
g
the
con
tin
ued
pro
visi
on
ing
of
eco
syst
em s
ervi
ces.
Th
e A
ich
i tar
gets
5, 7
, 11
an
d 1
5 e
xplic
itly
rel
ate
to t
he
pro
tect
ion
of
fore
sts.
Co
nve
nti
on
on
Wet
lan
ds
of
Inte
rnat
ion
al
Imp
ort
ance
esp
ecia
lly a
s
Wat
erfo
wl H
abit
at
The
Co
nve
nti
on
on
Wet
lan
ds,
cal
led
th
e R
amsa
r C
on
ven
tio
n, i
s an
inte
rgo
vern
men
tal t
reat
y th
at p
rovi
des
th
e
fram
ew
ork
fo
r n
atio
nal
act
ion
an
d in
tern
atio
nal
co
op
erat
ion
fo
r th
e co
nse
rvat
ion
an
d w
ise
use
of
wet
lan
ds
and
th
eir
reso
urc
es. I
t re
cogn
izes
th
e fu
nd
amen
tal e
colo
gica
l fu
nct
ion
s o
f w
etla
nd
s an
d t
hei
r ec
on
om
ic, c
ult
ura
l, sc
ien
tifi
c, a
nd
32
(Ram
sar
Co
nve
nti
on
)
Rat
ific
atio
n 1
985
Foca
l po
int,
RG
B/N
B
recr
eati
on
al v
alu
e. W
hen
a c
ou
ntr
y ac
ced
es t
o t
he
Co
nve
nti
on
, it
mu
st d
esig
nat
e at
leas
t o
ne
wet
lan
d s
ite
as a
Wet
lan
d o
f In
tern
atio
nal
Imp
ort
ance
.
Acc
ord
ing
to A
rtic
le 2
.1 o
f th
e C
on
ven
tio
n: ‘
Each
Co
ntr
acti
ng
Par
ty s
hal
l des
ign
ate
suit
able
wet
lan
ds
wit
hin
its
terr
ito
ry f
or
incl
usi
on
in a
Lis
t o
f W
etla
nd
s o
f In
tern
atio
nal
Imp
ort
ance
, her
ein
afte
r re
ferr
ed t
o a
s “t
he
List
” […
]
The
bo
un
dar
ies
of
each
wet
lan
d s
hal
l be
pre
cise
ly d
escr
ibed
an
d d
elim
ited
on
a m
ap a
nd
th
ey m
ay in
corp
ora
te
rip
aria
n a
nd
co
asta
l zo
nes
ad
jace
nt
to t
he
wet
lan
ds,
an
d is
lan
ds
or
bo
die
s o
f m
arin
e w
ater
dee
per
th
an s
ix m
eter
s at
low
tid
e ly
ing
wit
hin
th
e w
etla
nd
s […
].’
Art
icle
2.2
sta
tes:
‘Wet
lan
ds
sho
uld
be
sele
cted
fo
r th
e Li
st o
n a
cco
un
t o
f th
eir
inte
rnat
ion
al s
ign
ific
ance
in t
erm
s o
f
eco
logy
, bo
tan
y, z
oo
logy
, lim
no
logy
or
hyd
rolo
gy.’
Acc
ord
ingl
y, a
ny
wet
lan
d w
hic
h m
eets
at
leas
t o
ne
of
the
Cri
teri
a fo
r Id
enti
fyin
g W
etla
nd
s o
f In
tern
atio
nal
Imp
ort
ance
can
be
des
ign
ated
by
the
app
rop
riat
e n
atio
nal
au
tho
rity
to
be
add
ed t
o t
he
Ram
sar
List
.
The
Co
nve
nti
on
use
s a
bro
ad d
efin
itio
n o
f w
etla
nd
s. It
incl
ud
es a
ll la
kes
and
riv
ers,
un
der
gro
un
d a
qu
ifer
s, s
wam
ps
and
mar
shes
, wet
gra
ssla
nd
s, p
eatl
and
s, o
ases
, est
uar
ies,
del
tas
and
tid
al fl
ats,
man
gro
ves
and
oth
er c
oas
tal a
reas
,
cora
l ree
fs, a
nd
all
hu
man
mad
e si
tes
such
as
fish
po
nd
s, r
ice
pad
die
s, r
eser
voir
s an
d s
alt
pan
s.
Su
rin
ame
has
des
ign
ated
th
e C
op
pen
ame
rive
r m
ou
th a
s a
Ram
sar
site
, to
tal 1
2,0
00
ha.
Th
e B
igi P
an M
UM
A is
a
pro
po
sed
Ram
sar
site
.
Co
nve
nti
on
on
Nat
ure
pro
tect
ion
an
d W
ildlif
e
Pre
serv
atio
n in
th
e W
este
rn
Hem
isp
her
e
Rat
ific
atio
n 1
985
Foca
l po
int,
RG
B/N
B
This
Co
nve
nti
on
aim
s to
sec
ure
th
e p
rote
ctio
n o
f al
l sp
ecie
s o
f fl
ora
an
d f
aun
a an
d t
hei
r h
abit
ats.
In a
dd
itio
n, i
t se
eks
to p
rese
rve
scen
ery
of
grea
t n
atu
ral b
eau
ty, a
nd
oth
er s
ites
of
geo
logi
cal,
aest
het
ic, h
isto
ric
or
scie
nti
fic
valu
e.
Larg
ely
rela
tes
to t
he
esta
blis
hm
ent
of
pro
tect
ed a
reas
of
vari
ou
s ca
tego
ries
fo
r p
urp
ose
s in
clu
din
g, b
ut
no
t lim
ited
to, p
rovi
sio
n f
or
mig
rato
ry b
ird
s.
This
co
nve
nti
on
is r
elev
ant
bec
ause
man
gro
ve f
ore
sts
pro
vid
e h
abit
s an
d b
reed
ing
gro
un
ds
for
man
y sp
ecie
s o
f
mig
rato
ry b
ird
s. C
urr
entl
y, S
uri
nam
e h
as t
hre
e W
este
rn H
emis
ph
ere
Sho
reb
ird
Res
erve
s n
ame
ly C
op
pen
ame
mo
nd
ing,
Big
i Pan
an
d W
ia W
ia.
UN
ESC
O W
orl
d
Her
itag
e C
on
ven
tio
n
WH
C is
an
inte
rnat
ion
al a
gree
men
t th
at a
ims
to p
rote
ct p
lace
s o
f ex
cep
tio
nal
un
iver
sal v
alu
e. T
he
con
ven
tio
n a
do
pts
pro
visi
on
s fo
r co
llect
ive
pro
tect
ion
of
thes
e cu
ltu
ral a
nd
nat
ura
l he
rita
ge o
f o
uts
tan
din
g u
niv
ersa
l val
ue.
Th
e W
orl
d
33
(WH
C)
Rat
ific
atio
n, 1
997
Foca
l po
int,
Min
istr
y
Edu
cati
on
/Dir
ecto
rate
Cu
ltu
re
Her
itag
e C
on
ven
tio
n is
an
imp
ort
ant
inst
rum
ent
for
the
con
serv
atio
n o
f th
e en
dan
gere
d e
cosy
stem
s. S
ever
al W
orl
d
Her
itag
e si
tes
hav
e b
een
insc
rib
ed in
larg
e p
art
du
e to
th
eir
rich
man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
s. T
he
Cen
tral
Su
rin
ame
Nat
ure
Res
erve
an
d t
he
his
tori
c in
ner
cit
y o
f P
aram
arib
o h
ave
bee
n li
sted
on
th
e W
orl
d H
erit
age
list.
Un
ited
Nat
ion
s
Fram
ewo
rk C
on
ven
tio
n
on
Clim
ate
Ch
ange
(UN
FCC
)
Rat
ific
atio
n 1
997
Foca
l Po
int,
Cab
inet
of
the
Pre
sid
ent
The
trea
ty is
aim
ed
at
stab
ilizi
ng
gree
nh
ou
se g
as c
on
cen
trat
ion
s in
th
e at
mo
sph
ere
at a
leve
l th
at w
ou
ld p
reve
nt
dan
gero
us
anth
rop
oge
nic
inte
rfer
ence
wit
h t
he
clim
ate
syst
em. U
nd
er t
he
Co
nve
nti
on
, bo
th d
evel
op
ed a
nd
dev
elo
pin
g co
un
trie
s ag
ree
to
tak
e m
easu
res
to li
mit
em
issi
on
s an
d p
rom
ote
ad
apta
tio
n t
o f
utu
re c
limat
e ch
ange
imp
acts
; su
bm
it in
form
atio
n o
n t
hei
r n
atio
nal
clim
ate
chan
ge p
rogr
amm
es a
nd
inve
nto
ries
; pro
mo
te t
ech
no
logy
tran
sfer
; co
op
erat
e o
n s
cien
tifi
c an
d t
ech
nic
al r
esea
rch
; an
d p
rom
ote
pu
blic
aw
are
nes
s, e
du
cati
on
, an
d t
rain
ing.
Man
gro
ves
are
con
sid
ered
as
hig
h p
rio
riti
es in
clim
ate
chan
ge a
dap
tati
on
an
d m
itig
atio
n s
trat
egie
s th
rou
gho
ut
the
wo
rld
. Th
ey h
ave
exce
pti
on
ally
hig
h c
arb
on
sto
cks
– am
on
g th
e h
igh
est
of
any
eco
syst
em
on
ear
th. T
hei
r ra
tes
of
lan
d
cove
r ch
ange
/def
ore
stat
ion
are
th
e h
igh
est
in t
he
tro
pic
s. T
hei
r em
issi
on
s fr
om
lan
d c
ove
r ch
ange
far
exc
eed
emis
sio
ns
fro
m la
nd
co
nve
rsio
n o
f u
pla
nd
fo
rest
s. M
angr
ove
s p
rovi
de
seve
ral e
cosy
stem
ser
vice
s th
at a
re v
ital
to
th
e
sust
ain
abili
ty o
f lo
cal c
om
mu
nit
ies,
live
liho
od
s, a
nd
infr
astr
uct
ure
. A
t th
e an
nu
al U
nit
ed N
atio
ns
Fram
ew
ork
Co
nve
nti
on
on
Clim
ate
Ch
ange
(U
NFC
CC
) in
Dec
emb
er 2
018
, man
gro
ves
wer
e a
par
t o
f th
e la
rger
co
nve
rsat
ion
ab
ou
t
nat
ure
-bas
ed c
limat
e so
luti
on
s. U
nsu
stai
nab
le u
se a
nd
incr
easi
ng
eco
no
mic
dev
elo
pm
ent
pre
ssu
re o
n m
angr
ove
s
hav
e le
d t
o a
n a
larm
ing
loss
of
glo
bal
man
gro
ve c
ove
r. N
earl
y h
alf
of
all m
angr
ove
fo
rest
s h
ave
dis
app
eare
d s
ince
th
e
mid
-tw
enti
eth
cen
tury
. Th
e gl
ob
al lo
ss r
ate
of
man
gro
ves
is 3
to
5 t
imes
hig
her
th
an t
he
on
e o
f te
rres
tria
l fo
rest
s.
The
reb
y, t
he
des
tru
ctio
n o
f m
angr
ove
fo
rest
s is
res
po
nsi
ble
fo
r ab
ou
t 1
0%
of
glo
bal
CO
2 e
mis
sio
ns
cau
sed
by
def
ore
stat
ion
– 2
40
mill
ion
to
ns
of
CO
2 p
er y
ear.
Lo
ss r
ates
are
ext
rem
ely
hig
h in
So
uth
-Eas
t A
sia,
th
e C
arib
bea
n a
nd
the
Pac
ific
. Mai
n c
ause
s ar
e t
he
logg
ing
of
man
gro
ves
for
tim
ber
an
d c
har
coal
pro
du
ctio
n a
nd
th
e ex
ten
sio
n o
f u
sab
le
are
as f
or
sett
lem
en
ts, a
gric
ult
ure
an
d a
qu
acu
ltu
re.
A s
ucc
essf
ul e
xam
ple
of
clim
ate
chan
ge a
dap
tati
on
in S
uri
nam
e is
th
e “B
uild
ing
wit
h N
atu
re P
roje
ct a
t W
eg n
aar
Zee"
.
A p
roje
ct e
xecu
ted
by
Pro
fess
or
Nai
pal
(A
nto
n d
e K
om
Un
iver
sity
of
Suri
nam
e)
and
CIS
. Th
e “W
eg
naa
r Ze
e”
area
is a
t
34
the
mo
men
t th
e m
ost
en
dan
gere
d c
om
mu
nit
y b
y se
a le
vel r
ise
in t
he
cou
ntr
y. W
oo
den
, wat
er p
enet
rab
le, d
ams
are
bei
ng
bu
ilt t
o t
rap
sed
imen
t an
d r
epla
nt
man
gro
ves.
MA
RIN
E P
OLL
UTI
ON
Inte
rnat
ion
al C
on
ven
tio
n f
or
the
Pre
ven
tio
n o
f P
ollu
tio
n
fro
m S
hip
s (M
AR
PO
L)
Rat
ific
atio
n, 1
989
Foca
l po
int,
Mar
itim
e A
uth
ori
ty
Suri
nam
e (M
AS)
The
Inte
rnat
ion
al C
on
ven
tio
n f
or
the
Pre
ven
tio
n o
f P
ollu
tio
n f
rom
Sh
ips
(MA
RP
OL)
is t
he
mai
n in
tern
atio
nal
con
ven
tio
n c
ove
rin
g p
reve
nti
on
of
po
lluti
on
of
the
mar
ine
envi
ron
men
t b
y sh
ips
fro
m o
per
atio
nal
or
acci
den
tal
cau
ses.
The
Co
nve
nti
on
incl
ud
es r
egu
lati
on
s ai
me
d a
t p
reve
nti
ng
and
min
imiz
ing
po
lluti
on
fro
m s
hip
s -
bo
th a
ccid
enta
l
po
lluti
on
an
d t
hat
fro
m r
ou
tin
e o
per
atio
ns
- an
d c
urr
en
tly
incl
ud
es s
ix t
ech
nic
al A
nn
exes
. Sp
ecia
l Are
as w
ith
str
ict
con
tro
ls o
n o
per
atio
nal
dis
char
ges
are
incl
ud
ed in
mo
st A
nn
exes
.
The
ove
rall
ob
ject
ives
are
su
mm
ed u
p in
th
e IM
O s
loga
n: s
afe
, sec
ure
an
d e
ffic
ien
t sh
ipp
ing
on
cle
an o
cean
s.
The
Lon
do
n C
on
ven
tio
n o
n
Pre
ven
tio
n o
f P
ollu
tio
n b
y
Du
mp
ing
of
Was
tes
and
Oth
er
Mat
ter
19
72
Rat
ific
atio
n, 1
980
Foca
l po
int,
MA
S
This
co
nve
nti
on
Co
ntr
ibu
tes
to t
he
inte
rnat
ion
al c
on
tro
l an
d p
reve
nti
on
of
mar
ine
po
lluti
on
by
pro
hib
itin
g th
e
du
mp
ing
of
cert
ain
haz
ard
ou
s m
ater
ials
. In
ad
dit
ion
, a s
pec
ial p
erm
it is
req
uir
ed p
rio
r to
du
mp
ing
of
a n
um
ber
of
oth
er id
enti
fied
mat
eria
ls a
nd
a g
ener
al p
erm
it f
or
oth
er w
aste
s o
r m
atte
r. T
he
term
"D
um
pin
g" h
as b
een
def
ined
as
the
del
iber
ate
dis
po
sal a
t se
a o
f w
aste
s o
r o
ther
mat
ter
fro
m v
esse
ls, a
ircr
aft,
pla
tfo
rms
or
oth
er m
an-m
ade
stru
ctu
res,
as
wel
l as
the
del
iber
ate
dis
po
sal o
f th
ese
vess
els
or
pla
tfo
rms
them
selv
es. I
n t
he
ann
exes
was
te is
list
ed
wh
ich
can
no
t b
e d
um
pe
d a
nd
oth
ers
for
wh
ich
a s
pec
ial d
um
pin
g p
erm
it is
req
uir
ed.
The
19
96 P
roto
col t
o t
he
Lon
do
n C
on
ven
tio
n o
n
Pre
ven
tio
n o
f P
ollu
tio
n b
y
Du
mp
ing
of
Was
tes
and
Oth
er
Mat
ter
19
72
Rat
ific
atio
n, 2
006
Foca
l po
int,
MA
S
The
Pro
toco
l, w
hic
h is
mea
nt
to e
ven
tual
ly r
epla
ce t
he
19
72
Co
nve
nti
on
, rep
rese
nts
a m
ajo
r ch
ange
of
app
roac
h t
o
the
qu
esti
on
of
ho
w t
o r
egu
late
th
e u
se o
f th
e se
a as
a d
epo
sito
ry f
or
was
te m
ater
ials
. Th
e 1
99
6 P
roto
col r
estr
icts
all
du
mp
ing
exce
pt
for
a p
erm
itte
d li
st (
wh
ich
sti
ll re
qu
ire
per
mit
s). T
he
per
mit
ted
su
bst
ance
s ar
e:
1. D
red
ged
mat
eria
l
2. S
ewag
e sl
ud
ge
3. F
ish
was
te, o
r m
ater
ial r
esu
ltin
g fr
om
ind
ust
rial
fis
h p
roce
ssin
g o
per
atio
ns
4. V
esse
ls a
nd
pla
tfo
rms
or
oth
er m
an-m
ade
stru
ctu
res
at s
ea
5. I
ner
t, in
org
anic
geo
logi
cal m
ate
rial
6. O
rgan
ic m
ater
ial o
f n
atu
ral o
rigi
n e
tc.
35
Inte
rnat
ion
al C
on
ven
tio
n
Rel
atin
g to
Inte
rven
tio
n o
n t
he
Hig
h S
eas
in C
ases
of
Oil
Po
lluti
on
Cas
ual
ties
, 19
69
)
Foca
l Po
int,
MA
S
The
Co
nve
nti
on
aff
irm
s th
e ri
ght
of
a co
asta
l Sta
te t
o t
ake
such
mea
sure
s o
n t
he
hig
h s
eas
as m
ay b
e n
eces
sary
to
pre
ven
t, m
itig
ate
or
elim
inat
e d
ange
r to
its
coas
tlin
e o
r re
late
d in
tere
sts
fro
m p
ollu
tio
n b
y o
il o
r th
e th
reat
th
ereo
f,
follo
win
g u
po
n a
mar
itim
e ca
sual
ty.
Un
der
th
e te
rms
of
this
co
nve
nti
on
, Co
ntr
acti
ng
Stat
es a
re e
mp
ow
ered
to
act
aga
inst
sh
ips
of
oth
er c
ou
ntr
ies
wh
ich
hav
e b
een
invo
lved
in a
n a
ccid
ent
or
hav
e b
een
dam
aged
on
th
e h
igh
sea
s if
th
ere
is a
gra
ve r
isk
of
oil
po
lluti
on
occ
urr
ing
as a
res
ult
. In
mo
st c
on
ven
tio
ns
the
flag
Sta
te is
pri
mar
ily r
esp
on
sib
le f
or
enfo
rcin
g co
nve
nti
on
s as
far
as
its
ow
n s
hip
s an
d t
hei
r p
erso
nn
el a
re c
on
cern
ed.
ANNEX II
REVIEW COASTAL PROTECTED AREAS
MANAGEMENT PLANS
Paramaribo, August 2019
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
List of abbreviations ................................................................................................................... 3
List of figures .............................................................................................................................. 3
List of tables ............................................................................................................................... 3
1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 4
1.1 The Mangrove Ecological Network .............................................................................. 5
1.2 Mangrove Ecosystem Services .................................................................................... 8
1.3 Mangrove Ecosystem Management Approach ........................................................... 9
1.3.1 Adaptive management ......................................................................................... 9
2 Review existing coastal management plans .................................................................... 12
3 Stakeholder engagement ................................................................................................. 18
4 SWOTCH analysis of mangrove ecosystem management ............................................... 20
5 Review conclusion ............................................................................................................ 22
5.1 International context ................................................................................................. 22
5.2 National context ........................................................................................................ 22
5.3 Vision ......................................................................................................................... 23
References ................................................................................................................................ 25
3
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
IBA Important Bird Area
IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature
MUMA Multiple Use Management Area
NMS National Mangrove Strategy
WHSRN Western Hemisphere Shorebird Reserve Network
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1: Ecosystem types in Suriname (Ministry of Labour, Technological Development and
Environment 2013) ...................................................................................................... 4
Figure 2: Protected areas in Suriname (Ministry of Labour, Technological Development and
Environment 2013) ...................................................................................................... 6
Figure 3: The adaptable management cycle (Ramsar Convention Secretariat 2010) ............. 10
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1: Protected areas according to type and size (Ministry of Labour, Technological
Development and Environment 2013) ......................................................................... 7
Table 2: Overview of ecosystem services by Surinamese mangrove ecosystems .................... 8
Table 3: SWOTCH analysis of mangrove ecosystem management focusing on managing
ecosystem network .................................................................................................... 20
4
1 INTRODUCTION
The 386 km long coastline of Suriname is the central stretch of the unique Guyana coast,
between the Amazon and the Orinoco river mouth and mainly comprises soft mudflats
accompanied by extensive mangrove forests which occur along almost the entire length (375
km) of the coastline as a fringe with an average width of about 3 km (Spaans 2003). The
Surinamese coastal zone also harbors the most extensive and pristine mangrove forests of the
Guianan Ecoregion (although they are increasingly threatened) (World Wildlife Fund 2019)
(see figure 1).
Figure 1: Ecosystem types in Suriname (Ministry of Labour, Technological Development and Environment 2013)
5
The coastal zone of Suriname, and part of French Guyana, received the highest ratings for
biological importance, socio-economic pressure and conservation opportunities during the
Guiana Shield Conservation Priority Setting Workshop in Paramaribo from 5-9 April 2002,
among 41 Priority Areas (Catholic University of Leuven 2010). The mangroves also provide
protection of the coast against erosion and flooding.
More than 100 species of shorebirds depend entirely, or to a great extent, on the Surinamese
coastal wetlands for their survival (Spaans 2003). The Surinamese coast also shows the highest
density of nesting colonies of Ciconiiformes (heron-like) birds. In particular for the South
American endemic Scarlet Ibis (Eudocimus ruber), the coastal zone of Suriname is considered
to be a breeding area of critical importance, with up to 35,000 breeding pairs during top years
(Catholic University of Leuven 2010). In addition, one or more of five parts of the Surinamese
coastal zone is/are of international importance for 21 waterfowl species (the criterion for
international importance is the occurrence of 10,000 or more individuals, and/or at least 1%
of the biogeographic population per area). The Surinamese coast may also be considered as
the principal South American wintering ground for migratory shorebirds from neartic regions
(Spaans 2003; Catholic University of Leuven 2010). The wintering migratory shorebirds from
North America make up the largest group (at least two million birds) of the tens of thousands
of occurring shorebirds (Spaans 2003).
Mangrove forests in Suriname currently cover a total of about 100,000 hectares (Erftemeijer
and Teunissen 2009). In addition to their function as bird feeding and breeding ground, the
Surinamese mangrove forests also pose as nurseries for fish and crustaceans. Up to 90% of all
fish and shrimp species in Suriname (including those caught offshore) are found in mangrove
areas during one or more stages of their life cycle (Erftemeijer and Teunissen 2009). Moreover,
a total of 300 different fish species have been recorded from the mangroves of Suriname, as
well as 20 species of crabs and 11 species of shrimp. Among these are economically important
crabs like Ucides cordatus or mangrove crab (Holthuis 1959).
1.1 The Mangrove Ecological Network
About 75% of the Surinamese coast is protected to a certain extent. Several areas along the
Surinamese coastline have been designated as nature reserves (Hertenrits, Wia-Wia, Galibi),
Multiple Use Management Areas (Bigi Pan, North Coronie, North Saramacca, North
Commewijne-Marowijne), Ramsar sites (Coppename-monding NR) or Important Bird Areas
(Bigi Pan and Wia-Wia) (see figure 2). Altogether, except of the Hertenrits, contain large areas
of mangrove ecosystems. However, Hertenrits is a Nature Reserve located in, but officially
excluded from the Bigi Pan MUMA.
In 1985, the Coppename-monding nature reserve received the Ramsar Convention Status of
“Wetland of International Importance” (Erftemeijer and Teunissen 2009; Catholic University
6
of Leuven 2010). In 1989, the Bigi Pan MUMA (Multiple Use Management Area), the
Coppename-monding Nature Reserve and the Wia-Wia Nature Reserve received the status of
“Hemispheric Reserve” within the Western Hemisphere Shorebird Reserve Network (WHSRN).
Since then, these areas are twinned with two protected areas in the Bay of Fundy in Canada.
Many shorebirds visiting Suriname during the Canadian winters use these Canadian protected
areas as their breeding grounds (Catholic University of Leuven 2010).
Figure 2: Protected areas in Suriname (Ministry of Labour, Technological Development and Environment 2013)
Accordingly, it can be stated that the protected areas 1-8 in figure 2 (see also figure 1)
encompass the ecological network of mangrove ecosystems in Suriname. These protected
areas differ in degree of protection, based on their purpose of establishment and are
distinguished between Nature Reserve and Multiple Use Management Area (MUMA). The
mangrove ecosystems in nature reserves are fully protected. This differs from MUMA’s, as the
emphasis is placed on their wise use which allows sustainable uses and small-scale extraction
7
of mangrove resources in these areas (Parahoe et al. 2008). A detailed overview of these
protected areas is given in table 1.
Table 1: Protected areas according to type and size (Ministry of Labour, Technological Development and Environment 2013)
Name of the protected area Type of area
Total
area (ha)
Remarks
1 Bigi Pan MUMA
Terrestrial/marine
67,900 Economic activities allowed
2
Hertenrits NR
Terrestrial
100 Strict nature reserve; partly
in Bigi Pan MUMA
3 North Coronie MUMA
Terrestrial/marine 27,200 Economic activities allowed
4
North Saramacca MUMA
Terrestrial/marine 88,400 Economic activities allowed
5 Coppename-monding NR
Terrestrial/marine 12,000 Strict nature reserve;
Located in North
Saramacca MUMA
6 North Commewijne-
Marowijne MUMA
Terrestrial/marine 61,500 Economic activities allowed
7 Wia-Wia NR
Terrestrial/marine 36,000 Strict nature reserve;
Located in North
Commewijne-Marowijne
MUMA
8
Galibi NR Terrestrial/marine 4,000 Established because of sea
turtle nest sites
A Nature Reserve in Suriname is comparable to category Ia of the International Union for
Conservation of Nature (IUCN); Strict Nature Reserve: “Protected areas that are strictly set
aside to protect biodiversity and also possibly geological/geomorphological features, where
human visitation, use and impacts are strictly controlled and limited to ensure protection of
the conservation values. Such protected areas can serve as indispensable reference areas for
scientific research and monitoring.” (International Union for Conservation of Nature 2019).
This type of protection does not allow economic activities and focuses mainly on conservation
of the area.
The level of protection of a MUMA is on line with International Union for Conservation of
Nature (IUCN) Category VI; Protected area with sustainable use of natural resources:
“Protected areas that conserve ecosystems and habitats, together with associated cultural
values and traditional natural resource management systems; generally large, with most of
the area in a natural condition, where a proportion is under sustainable natural resource
management and where low-level non-industrial use of natural resources compatible with
nature conservation is seen as one of the main aims of the area.” (International Union for
8
Conservation of Nature 2019). In this type of protected area, economic activities are allowed
as long as the biological diversity and productivity of the area is maintained.
1.2 Mangrove Ecosystem Services
Estuarine ecosystems are among the most productive of the world (Snedaker 1978; Mann
1982; Mitsch 2000). One reason for the high primary productivity of estuaries is the high
nutrient loading rates, characteristic of these systems, compared to agricultural systems and
other biomes (Kelly and Levin 1986). Derived from this high productivity, commercially
valuable products can be harvested from the coastal wetlands of Suriname by man without
depletion of these natural resources. These “services” provided by these ecosystems to man,
resulting in economic benefit and wellbeing, are defined as ecosystem services or “the
benefits people derive from ecosystems” (International Union for Conservation of Nature
2015). Many Surinamese people rely on the mangrove ecosystems for economic, as well as
cultural reasons; including living area and agriculture. The numerous ecological functions of
the Surinamese mangroves serve the local community by providing opportunities for fisheries,
ecotourism, beekeeping, hunting and others (see table 2), as derived from (CELOS 2009).
Table 2: Overview of ecosystem services by Surinamese mangrove ecosystems
Aspect Wetland service
Ecological service Protection against sea level rise
Protection against land erosion
Accelerator of coastal accretion
Nursery and breeding ground
Genetic sink Maintenance of high biodiversity
High nutrient supplier (high productivity)
Carbon sink
Pollutant filtering capacity
Food Fish
Crustaceans
Birds
Reptiles
Mammals
Honey
Fishing Fish traps
Poles for fishnets
Fuel Firewood
Construction Camp poles
Poles in the construction of buildings
Social and cultural importance Livelihood of locals
Employment
Education and scientific information
9
Tourism and ecotourism
Recreation
Other Raw material for art
1.3 Mangrove Ecosystem Management Approach
Considering the national and international importance of mangrove ecosystems, including the
ecosystem services these systems provide, it is important to maintain and improve the
biological characteristics of these ecosystems in order to assure the provision of these
important mangrove ecosystem services. Sustainable and effective management of the
mangrove ecosystem in Suriname is therefore targeted through this project, by formulating a
National Mangrove Strategy (NMS). This report comprises a review of the latest management
plans of the ecological network of mangroves comprising of the Bigi Pan MUMA, North
Coronie MUMA, North Saramacca MUMA and the North Commewijne-Marowijne MUMA and
related coastal nature reserves.
Stakeholder engagement was used to identify key mangrove management priorities for
Suriname, which are further developed in a practical workplan. Monitoring indicators related
to effective management goals were also assessed and determined, using the aforementioned
management priorities as a baseline, as well as important indicators for mangrove biological
characteristics. The monitoring indicators and management goals are included in the separate
management and monitoring plan.
1.3.1 Adaptive management
Management planning should be regarded as a continuing, iterative process. It is obvious that
management activities will change with time. Adaptive management is an ecosystem
approach to experimental management that enables changes to be linked to cause and to
management operations. Adaptable management emphasizes the need to change or adapt
the management section or action plan. It is a system based on monitoring and then, if
necessary, modifying management. The cyclical, adaptable management process allows
management to respond to natural dynamic processes; accommodate the legitimate interests
of others; adapt to the ever-changing political and socioeconomic climate; and, in the long
term, succeed, despite uncertain and variable resources. Adaptable management is learning
to manage by planning to learn. Management reviews are an integral and essential
component of the adaptable management process. (Alexander 2008). Ramsar recommends
an adaptable management approach in managing wetlands. According to the Ramsar
management guidelines, managers must adopt a flexible approach that will allow them to
respond to the legitimate interests of others, adapt to the ever-changing political climate,
accommodate uncertain and variable resources, and survive the vagaries of the natural world;
in order to safeguard sites and their features. The adaptable management process as
10
incorporated in the Ramsar planning approach is as follows (see Figure 2) (Ramsar Convention
Secretariat 2010):
1. A decision is made about what should be achieved (i.e., quantified management
objectives are prepared for the important features).
2. Appropriate management, based on the best available information, is implemented to
achieve the objectives.
3. The features are monitored in order to determine the extent to which they meet the
objectives.
4. If objectives are not being met, management is modified.
5. Monitoring is continued to determine if the modified management is meeting the
objectives, and step 5 is repeated for any further adjustments, as necessary.
Figure 3: The adaptable management cycle (Ramsar Convention Secretariat 2010)
Following this management approach, it may be necessary to modify the objectives in
exceptional circumstances. The adaptable management cycle is usually repeated at
predetermined intervals, which should be established to take into account the nature and in
particular the fragility and rate of change of the site features. In all cases, the cycle should be
repeated at any time when emergencies or unforeseen threats become apparent.
Moreover, this adaptable approach enables wetland ecosystem managers to:
1. learn through experience;
2. take account of, and respond to, changing factors that affect the features;
3. continually develop or refine management processes; and
4. demonstrate that management is appropriate and effective.
The adaptable management process, as incorporated in the Ramsar planning approach (see
figure 2), is recommended for the Suriname mangrove ecosystem network management for
several reasons:
11
1. Suriname has ratified the Ramsar Convention on Wetlands and is therefore obligated
to follow the respective guidelines of wetlands as good as possible;
2. the mangrove ecological network consists mainly of wetlands
3. the management approach been implemented successfully in other protected areas
(Alexander 2008; Ramsar Convention Secretariat 2010).
12
2 REVIEW EXISTING COASTAL MANAGEMENT PLANS
Management plans of protected areas that comprise the mangrove ecological network were
reviewed on basis of the current state of the areas in relation to the lay out of the management
approach of the plans. The review is presented in the table below.
Table 2: Review management plan per coastal protected area
Bigi Pan According to WWF, Wetlands International, IUCN and Ramsar Convention,
reviews of management plans should be conducted at least every 5 years in
order to keep track on changes (Chatterjee, Phillips, and Stroud 2008). The first
management plan for the Bigi Pan MUMA in 1990 was reviewed and updated in
1995. The review document recommended the implementation of the original
plan, as less than 10% of the original 1990 plan had been implemented due to
several reasons, including the following: During this time period, management
decisions for the Bigi Pan MUMA were made by the Nature Conservation
Division; mainly by the Head Office in Paramaribo. The managers during that
time-period lacked quantitative and qualitative capacity for carrying out the
management plan effectively, while equipment necessary to carry out
management tasks (like sea and swamp boats, outboard motors, binoculars)
were largely missing. There was also a low availability of equipment, as well as
little or no maintenance of existing equipment due to insufficient funds. Local
communities were not consulted during the establishment of the MUMA and
there was no delegated site manager of or co-management for the MUMA. Local
communities had little contribution to the development of the work plan (no
decision making role) and had some revenue derived from the area, including
fishing, ecotourism and hunting. Only an insignificant secure budget was
available for Bigi Pan Management, only for existing staff salaries. While the
MUMA is highly dependent on donor funding, limited fundraising efforts were
undertaken.
The adaptive management approach (Alexander 2008; Ramsar Convention
Secretariat 2010), different from the approach in the former two management
plans, was proposed in the 2013-2023 management plan in order to realize
effective management of the Bigi pan MUMA. Specific management objectives
relating to the MUMA in general, biodiversity, fisheries, ecotourism, hunting,
research, public participation, as well as education and awareness were tied to a
compiled daily action plan. The plan focused on implementation by a local-based
foundation, governed by representatives from government authorities and
agencies, as well as local user groups and was designed to be carried out in close
collaboration with the local users of the MUMA. Most of the listed actions have
not yet been carried out, while a few have partially been carried out, for example
monitoring of basic water quality in the Bigi Pan lagoon, as well as fish and
mangrove dynamics by the Anton de Kom University of Suriname.
13
Other developments further threaten the quality of this MUMA, for example the
recent dredging and broadening of the Jamear Canal, the most used connection
to the Bigi Pan lagoon, resulting in loss of a strip of mangroves on one side of the
canal. On the other hand, the natural and cultural values in other parts of the
MUMA generally seem still in intact, based on personal observations.
Considering the relevance and applicability of the 2013-2023 plan, it is
recommended to actively implement the management activities laid out in this
plan. The recent review of this plan by the Ministry of Spatial Planning, Land and
Forest Management, resulting in the “Bigi Pan Management Plan 2019 – 2024
Draft April 2019” also contains the most important actions from the 2013-2023
plan. However, raising funds to carry out the plan and provide the necessary
materials for executing the management actions is still a challenge.
Hertenrits NR This nature reserve is the smallest one on Suriname (1km2) and was established
mainly due to cultural reasons: it contains remains of the pre-Columbian
civilization and consist mainly of a sand ridge. However, this area is partly in the
Bigi Pan MUMA and also contains swamp-forests which is part of the mangrove
ecosystem network. Adding to the ecosystem network allows for increased
ecological interaction between and within several species in the respective
areas. Moreover, global conservation analysis show that restoring and
reconnecting separate protected areas have the greatest biodiversity benefit and
should therefore be an immediate conservation priority (Wintle et al. 2019). It is
therefore recommended to expand the Bigi Pan management plan (2019-2024)
to this nature reserve as well, in order to enhance the productivity of the coastal
ecological network. However, management should focus only on the
conservation actions and therefore excluding the actions tied to natural resource
use, as economic activities in this area are restricted.
North Coronie
MUMA
According to WWF, Wetlands International, IUCN and Ramsar Convention,
reviews of management plans should be conducted at least every 5 years in
order to keep track on changes (Chatterjee, Phillips, and Stroud 2008). The first
management plan for the North Coronie MUMA was developed in 2000 and has
not been updated until the development of the North Coronie MUMA
management plan 2014-2024. The original management plan of 2000 was only
implemented partially due to various factors, including the following: During this
time period, management decisions for the North Coronie MUMA were made by
the Nature Conservation Division; mainly by the Head Office in Paramaribo.
Some of the management challenges were insufficient quantitative and
qualitative capacity to implement the plan effectively. In addition, necessary
manpower and equipment to carry out management tasks have not been
available. Only an insignificant secure budget was available for North Coronie
MUMA management, only for existing staff salaries. While the MUMA is highly
dependent on donor funding, limited fundraising efforts were undertaken.
Equipment necessary to carry out management tasks (like sea and swamp boats,
outboard motors, binoculars) were largely missing. Of the little equipment that
14
was available, there was little or no maintenance equipment due to insufficient
funds.
At the time of the MUMA’s establishment, there was no co-management
framework or delegated site manager of or co-management for the MUMA.
Local communities were not consulted during the establishment of the MUMA;
although they had some input in the development of the work plan, but no
decision making role. Furthermore, the local communities have relied on some
economic benefits from the area, including fishing, beekeeping and hunting.
Similar to the Bigi Pan 2013-2013 plan, the adaptive management approach
(Alexander 2008; Ramsar Convention Secretariat 2010) was proposed in the
2014-2024 management plan in order to realize effective management of the
MUMA. Specific management objectives relating to the MUMA in general,
biodiversity, fisheries, ecotourism, hunting, research, public participation, as well
as education and awareness were tied to a compiled daily action plan. The plan
focused on implementation by a local-based foundation, governed by
representatives from government authorities and agencies, as well as local user
groups and was designed to be carried out in close collaboration with the local
users of the MUMA. Most of the listed actions have not yet been carried out,
while the coastline has been eroding in places; this is threatening parts of the
East-to-West Highway. A new dam has been completed in 2013. This
construction runs parallel to the sea and has resulted in the loss of large areas of
mangrove forest. The objective of this construction is to protect against sea level
rise. The new dam has increased pressure on the estuarine habitat. As a result,
an adaptive approach to this new plan has been taken. This takes into account
the major impacts created as a result of the dam’s construction and the resulting
need to secure proactive management of the North Coronie MUMA.
On the other hand, many of the natural and cultural values of the MUMA
generally seem still in intact, based on personal observations. Considering the
relevance and applicability of the 2013-2023 plan, it is recommended to actively
implement the management activities laid out in this plan, while adding more
actions focusing on mangrove habitat restoration (mangrove rehabilitation). The
recent review of this plan by the Ministry of Spatial Planning, Land and Forest
Management, resulting in the “Noord Coronie Management Plan 2019 – 2024
Draft March” also contains the most important actions from the 2014-2024 plan.
Actions focusing on mangrove restoration will be added in the mangrove
management and monitoring plan, as part of the NMS. It is noteworthy to
mention that raising funds to carry out the plan and provide the necessary
materials for executing the management actions is still a challenge and should be
targeted by formulating a funding plan.
North
Saramacca
According to WWF, Wetlands International, IUCN and Ramsar Convention,
reviews of management plans should be conducted at least every 5 years in
15
MUMA order to keep track on changes (Chatterjee, Phillips, and Stroud 2008). The first
management plan for the North Saramacca MUMA was developed in 2000 and
has not been updated until the development of the 2014-2024 plan. Only parts
of the original 2000 management plan has been partially implemented due to
various factors, which include the following. The management decisions for the
North Saramacca MUMA are made by the Nature Conservation Division,
primarily by the Head Office in Paramaribo. Similar to the two previous discussed
MUMA’s, management capacity was an issue in the effective implementation of
the management plan. Necessary manpower and equipment to carry out
management tasks were not adequately available.
Local communities were not consulted during the establishment of the MUMA;
although they had some input in the development of the work plan, but no
decision making role. At the time of the MUMA’s establishment, there was no
co-management framework or delegated site manager. Local communities have
relied on some economic benefits from the area, including fishing and hunting.
There was only an insignificant secure budget available in relation to North
Saramacca Management and funding was a challenge.
Similar to the Bigi Pan 2013-2023 plan, the adaptive management approach
(Alexander 2008; Ramsar Convention Secretariat 2010) was proposed in the
North Saramacca MUMA management plan 2014-2024 in order to realize
effective management of the MUMA. Specific management objectives relating to
the MUMA in general, biodiversity, fisheries, ecotourism, hunting, research,
public participation, as well as education and awareness were tied to a compiled
daily action plan. The plan focused on implementation by a local-based
foundation, governed by representatives from government authorities and
agencies, as well as local user groups and was designed to be carried out in close
collaboration with the local users of the MUMA. Most of the listed actions have
not yet been carried out. Despite this, the natural and cultural values of the
MUMA are largely still intact. Therefore it is stressed that the proactive
management of the North Saramacca MUMA needs to be secured and it is
recommended to actively implement the management activities laid out in this
the 2014-2024 plan, based on the relevance and applicability of the compiled
actions. The recent review of this plan by the Ministry of Spatial Planning, Land
and Forest Management, resulting in the “Noord Saramacca Management Plan
2019 – 2024 Draft March” also contains the most important actions from the
2014-2024 plan.
Coppename-
monding NR
This nature reserve is the first formally protected area of Suriname and was
established mainly as bird sanctuary so the breeding scarlet ibises and other
coastal birds were protected by restricting hunting. It is also the only RAMSAR
site in Suriname, as well as an internationally important IBA and WHSRN site.
This area lies completely in the North Saramacca MUMA and is part of the
mangrove ecosystem network. Adding to the ecosystem network allows for
16
increased ecological interaction between and within several species in the
respective areas. Moreover, global conservation analysis show that restoring and
reconnecting separate protected areas have the greatest biodiversity benefit and
should therefore be an immediate conservation priority (Wintle et al. 2019). It is
therefore recommended to expand the North Saramacca management plan
(2014-2024) to this nature reserve as well, in order to enhance the productivity
of the coastal ecological network. However, management should focus only on
the conservation actions and therefore excluding the actions tied to natural
resource use, as economic activities in this area are restricted.
North
Commewijne-
Marowijne
MUMA
According to WWF, Wetlands International, IUCN and Ramsar Convention,
reviews of management plans should be conducted at least every 5 years in
order to keep track on changes (Chatterjee, Phillips, and Stroud 2008). The first
plan was written in 1997 and has not been updated since, although it was
strongly recommended to review this plan. Management activities focused on an
integrated coastal management approach as process, rather than the
implementation of a handbook with fixed rules. However, most of the
management actions have not been implemented due to the constraints
mentioned before with the previous MUMA management plans. Since this
MUMA is part of the mangrove ecological network and is similar to the other
MUMA’s, it is recommended to extrapolate relevant actions of the latest
management plans of those MUMA’s on North Commewijne-Marowijne (e.g.
actions on fisheries management, hunting regulations, nature tourism, and
beekeeping). In addition, it is recommended to include management activities
concerning sea turtle nesting areas and erosion of these, because nesting
beaches eventually occur beside mangrove ecosystems (e.g. Diana strand) due to
the westward movement of the Surinamese coastal sand- and mudbanks.
Wia-Wia NR
This nature reserve was initially established because of the occurrence of sea
turtle nesting beaches. But over time, the sandy beaches which were visited by
nesting sea turtles, has mainly been replaced by mangrove ecosystems due to
the westward movement of Surinamese coastal sand- and mudbanks. Therefore,
the geographic location is still a legally protected area, but the habitat of this
protected area has changed over time from mainly sea turtle nesting beach to
mangrove areas. Since there only small sandy patches along the coast, next to
the mangroves, it is advised to include management actions relating to sea
turtles (as they use the sandy patches as nesting site). Because of this, as well as
establishment of the area as a WHSRN site which lies completely in the North
Commewijne-Marowijne MUMA, this area is part of the mangrove ecosystem
network. Adding to the ecosystem network allows for increased ecological
interaction between and within several species in the respective areas.
Moreover, global conservation analysis show that restoring and reconnecting
separate protected areas have the greatest biodiversity benefit and should
therefore be an immediate conservation priority (Wintle et al. 2019). It is
recommended to extrapolate relevant actions of the latest MUMA management
17
plans on this nature reserve as well, in order to enhance the productivity of the
coastal ecological network (e.g. fisheries management activities; nature tourism).
In addition, it is recommended to include management activities concerning sea
turtle nesting areas and erosion of these, because nesting beaches eventually
occur beside mangrove ecosystems. However, management should focus only on
the conservation actions and therefore exclude the actions tied to natural
resource use, as economic activities in this area are restricted.
Galibi NR The Galibi nature reserve was established because of the occurrence of sea
turtle nesting beaches. The sea turtle nesting still occurs, but the beaches are
eroding. Mangrove ecosystems also occur alongside the sea turtle nesting
beaches and are therefore part of the mangrove ecosystem network. Adding to
the ecosystem network allows for increased ecological interaction between and
within several species in the respective areas. Moreover, global conservation
analysis show that restoring and reconnecting separate protected areas have the
greatest biodiversity benefit and should therefore be an immediate conservation
priority (Wintle et al. 2019). It is recommended to extrapolate relevant actions of
the latest MUMA management plans to this nature reserve as well, in order to
enhance the productivity of the coastal ecological network (e.g. nature tourism,
fisheries management). In addition, it is recommended to include management
activities concerning sea turtle nesting areas and erosion of these. However,
management should focus only on the conservation actions and therefore
excluding the actions tied to natural resource use, as economic activities in this
area are restricted.
18
3 STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Stakeholder engagement and stakeholder management are one the most important
ingredients for successful protected areas management (Dovers et al. 2015) (because effective
management requires a plan that is acknowledged by all the stakeholders involved). Through
a stakeholder analysis presented in the awareness strategy (as part of the National Mangrove
Strategy), three types of stakeholder were identified based on their role in mangrove
protection:
• Primary stakeholders are directly dependent on the ecosystem services or primary
decision-makers concerning coastal management (including mangrove protection).
These were fishermen and tour guides/tour operators, Cabinet President, Ministry of
ROGB, Ministry of Regional Development, Ministry of HI&T, Ministry of OWT&C, Stg.
Planbureau, Ministry of Justice and Police and Ministry LVV.
• Secondary stakeholders are responsible for planning activities that should result in
effective management of the coastal area with its respective ecosystems, as well as
stakeholders fulfilling a technical role in the decision-making process regarding
coastal management, including mangrove protection. These are WWF, CIS, NIMOS,
SCF, SBB, IDB and NV Havenbeheer.
• Tertiary stakeholders consists of organizations that play a crucial role in (scientific)
research and knowledge sharing such as media: AdeKUS, CELOS, SCG, GHFS, Stg. DAF,
Stg. Warappa, Phyto Tech, Woto Poko Noko and Plantage Frederiksdorp.
A more elaborate presentation of the executed stakeholder analysis is given in the awareness
strategy, as part of the National Mangrove Strategy. Subsequently, the views and priorities
concerning mangrove ecosystem management of these identified stakeholders was obtained
through an inception workshop.
The following aspects were identified by the stakeholders as management priorities for
effective mangrove ecosystem management:
• Develop ecotourism (e.g. mangrove park)
• Enhance and regulate fisheries
• Promote beekeeping
• Protect mangrove forests
Listed activities which should be allowed (or preferred) in mangrove ecosystems according to
the stakeholders were:
• Tourism (nature tourism, ecotourism; mangrove park)
• Apiculture
• Fisheries
• Sustainable forestry
• Mangrove restoration in areas where these are increasing
19
• Crustacean harvest
• Hunting
• Selective logging
• Potable water extraction
• Selective extraction of building materials
• Scientific research
• Education activities
• Agriculture, fisheries, animal husbandry with appropriate legislation
• NTFP harvest
Listed activities which should be restricted in mangroves according to the stakeholders were:
• Mangrove removal for urban development of infrastructure
• All activities which decrease biodiversity
• Construction of hard structures (e.g. dyke) for protection of coast
• Hunting
• Clearing mangroves on large scale e.g. for animal husbandry
• Waste and litter, including plastic
• Permits (beschikkingen) for projects that require clearing mangroves prior to land
alterations
• Poaching
By incorporating the abovementioned stakeholder views in the formulation of effective
mangrove ecosystem management, all three types of stakeholders relating to the mangrove
ecosystems get the chance to participate in the process of effectively managing these
ecosystems. Participatory protected area management (also known as collaborative
management) is generally referred to a situation in which ‘some or all of the relevant
stakeholders in a protected area are involved in a substantial way in management activities’
(Borrini-Feyerabend 1996). This is usually realized through partnerships developed between
the institution responsible for the administration of the protected area and various other
stakeholders, and can take the shape of formal or informal agreements (Borrini-Feyerabend
et al. 2004). Noteworthy is that stakeholders highlighted the need for community
engagement, active stakeholder engagement and ideas for capacity building in order to
actively contribute to effective management of mangrove ecosystems in Suriname. Many of
the listed priorities, actions and collaboration strategies are already mentioned in the latest
MUMA management plans (2013-2024). This is evidence that the stakeholders are currently
aware of the status of the mangrove ecosystems and the actions that are necessary to
maintain and or improve the biological productivity of these systems. From this, in can also be
inferred that the stakeholders support actions that preserve these highly productive systems.
20
4 SWOTCH ANALYSIS OF MANGROVE ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT
In this analysis, the overarching strengths and weaknesses of the mangrove ecosystems
management are discussed, grouped with stakeholder input. Threats, opportunities and
chances in terms of effective management of the Surinamese mangrove ecosystems were also
assessed. Threats are identified and linked with changes for improvement of effective
management, which ideally will result in an improved management of the Surinamese
ecological network. The SWOTCH analysis is given in the table below.
Table 3: SWOTCH analysis of mangrove ecosystem management focusing on managing ecosystem network
Strengths • Overarching management goals and objectives identified which promote
management of mangrove ecological network
• Stakeholder show increased awareness concerning integrated and
participatory protected areas management and support management
goals in most recent management plans
• Most recent management plans are still relevant. Recent review of plans
by RGB resulted in actions edited from the 2013-2024 plans
• Zoning strategy in 2013-2024 management plans, if implemented, will
make effective management easier
• Review of management plans in time interval of at least 5 years, to keep
up with changes.
Weaknesses • Lack of capacity and result-based implementation of management
strategies
• Management approach applied is prone to micro-management of areas
• Insufficient stakeholder engagement and interdisciplinary cooperation in
effective management of mangrove ecosystems (including development
of the management actions)
Opportunities • Initiatives for capacity building and integration of holistic approach in
practical mangrove ecosystem management (including through the NMS
project)
• Willingness of stakeholders to engage (highlighted priorities in workshop).
• Increased awareness and ownership of stakeholder through active
participation in management activities
Threats • Sea level rise due to climate changes is also likely to affect the
environment, ecology and socio-economic conditions of the whole coastal
area significantly in the future
• Coastal erosion and loss of mangrove/sea turtle nesting habitat
21
• Biodiversity in the mangrove ecosystems (many species) are threatened
by the damage of mangroves (mainly due to anthropogenic actions and
sea level rise) which provide food and shelter to certain species
• Oil exploration activities form a threat to flora and fauna in the mangrove
areas and high levels of noise may also threaten certain fauna species
• Unsupervised fisheries activities are taking place in mangrove ecosystems
and the concern of overfishing remains
• Poaching of fish and crustacean species occurs across the area; this
undermines the legitimate fishing activities and places increased pressure
on the carrying capacity of the system by sustaining fish stocks
• Unsupervised hunting activities, as well as poaching of game in closed
hunting season (including illegal hunting without permits) and place the
game populations at risk
• Protected species, including birds of international importance are
poached, mainly at their breeding sites. These actions place a greater
threat on species that are already at risk
• Mining (extraction of sand and gravel) places a threat to certain species
and induces levels of environmental pollution
Chances • Holistic approach to effective mangrove ecosystem management by
incorporating active stakeholder engagement of stakeholders of all levels
in all phases of effective management (Participatory protected area
management (Borrini-Feyerabend 1996)
• Capacity and result-based implementation of management strategies
through ownership development with stakeholders
• Sustainable use of ecosystem services offered by the mangroves,
incorporating “wise use” concept
• Increase awareness regarding mangrove ecosystem services and effective
mangrove ecosystem management of all levels of stakeholders
• Make more IBA and wetlands of international importance
• Designate coastal protected areas as IBA and Ramsar sites
22
5 REVIEW CONCLUSION
Based on the review of existing coastal management plans in chapter 2, the stakeholder input
in chapter 3, and the SWOTCH analysis of mangrove ecosystem management in chapter 4, an
overarching approach to management of the mangrove ecological network is area is
proposed. The many similarities of the coastal protected areas allow for extrapolation of
relevant management objectives, which were identified in the most recent coastal
management plans (2013-2014-2023-2024), meaning that the overarching actions can be
applied on each MUMA in a decentralized manner. For instance, the enforcement of fisheries
quotas can be applied to all MUMA’s. Therefore, these management objectives and actions
can be adapted to and expanded to the whole ecosystem network. The conservation of the
resources in the coastal nature reserves can be viewed in this light as natural enrichment of
the mangrove ecological network, through the direct link with the MUMA’s.
5.1 International context
Considering the guidelines for Ramsar wetlands of international importance, the center of the
Ramsar philosophy is the “wise use” of wetlands”. The Convention defines wise use of
wetlands as “the maintenance of their ecological character, achieved through the
implementation of ecosystem approaches, within the context of sustainable development”.
“Wise use can thus be seen as the conservation and sustainable use of wetlands and all the
services they provide, for the benefit of people and nature.” (Ramsar Convention on Wetlands
2014)
5.2 National context
The goal of the Surinamese government is to preserve status of the country as of the greenest
countries in the world (Intended National Determined Contribution 2015). Consequently, the
current Suriname Development plan (2017-2021) contains goals and outcomes supporting the
management and utilization of biodiversity. Mainly two sections of the development plan
apply to the management of mangrove ecosystems: the forestry strategy and the
environmental strategy. The strategic goal for the forestry sector has been formulated as
follows: “The compensation for the conservation of Suriname's pristine tropical forest which
is necessary for a better world environment, contributes to the national growth and
development as well as the income of village communities, competitive small, medium-sized
and large companies that increase and diversify the national production and export through
forestry and wood processing.” In this regard, mangroves are mentioned for their ecosystem
services, of which the profits should be maximized. Considering the fact that mangrove
ecosystems are a renewable resource, maximizing profit from the ecosystem services is
positively correlated with the preservation of these ecosystems.
23
The development goal that has been formulated for Suriname within the national
environmental strategy is: “Adapted legislation and increased environmental awareness of
the public, policy planners and decision-makers in the private and public sectors ensure the
responsible use of nature and the resources it provides and promote planned environmental
restoration.” In relation to this, the following outcomes were compiled in the Suriname
Development Plan 2017-2021:
1. Environmental legislation and the related national environmental strategy and follow-
up programs influence and raise environmental awareness of the public, policy
planners and decision-makers in the private and public sectors, with particular
attention given to the issues of sea level rise, controlling and or preventing disasters
and the nature reserves.
2. In acquiring their livelihoods and products for the market, citizens and businesses use
the resources that nature provides responsibly, and the Government ensures this,
where necessary with support from the international development partners.
3. Based on the Environmental Legislation, the related national environmental strategy,
the Development Plan 2017-2021 and the district plan, citizens and businesses invest
and work in accordance with their national and international obligations on the
restoration of the environment damaged by their economic or other activities.
4. Suriname has integrated its sustainable development strategy into the regional and
international environmental strategies and action programs and has developed the
capacity to participate fully in the financing and monitoring programs.
5. Based on the Environmental Legislation and the National Environment Strategy,
Suriname participates in regional and international programs for the management of
the C02 levels in the atmosphere and to minimize the damage to Suriname's
infrastructure and economy.
The outcomes of the environmental strategy also cover the optimal utilization of the
ecosystem services of the mangroves, and therefore support the preservation of these
ecosystems.
5.3 Vision
Taking the Ramsar “wise use” concept in account and the current Suriname Development plan
(2017-2021) goals and outcomes supporting the management and utilization of biodiversity;
applied to the current identified management priorities in the previous chapters, as well as
the relevance of the most recent MUMA management plans and the development priorities
of the Surinamese government, the management vision for the Suriname mangrove
ecosystem network can be defined as follows:
“Improving resilience and long-term optimization of the natural productivity
of the Surinamese mangrove ecosystems to safeguard biodiversity and
healthy nature and equitable sharing of benefits”
24
Overarching management objectives, derived from the vision above are further developed in
the management and monitoring plan.
25
REFERENCES
Alexander, Mike, ed. 2008. “Adaptable Management, Review and Audit.” In Management Planning for Nature Conservation: A Theoretical Basis & Practical Guide, 63–76. Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-6581-1_6.
Borrini-Feyerabend, G. 1996. Collaborative Management of Protected Areas: Tailoring the Approach to the Context. Gland: Social Policy Group, IUCN.
Borrini-Feyerabend, G., M. Pimbert, M.T. Farvar, A Kothari, and Y Renard. 2004. Learning by Doing in Co-Management of Natural Resources throughout the World. Cenesta, Tehran: IIED and IUCN/CEESP/ CMWG.
Catholic University of Leuven. 2010. “Coastal Morphodynamics of Suriname.” 2010. https://www.kuleuven.be/hydr/SurinameCoast/SurinameCoast_v2010_3.htm.
CELOS. 2009. “The Bigi Pan MUMA.” Paramaribo, Suriname: CELOS. Chatterjee, A., B. Phillips, and D.A. Stroud. 2008. Wetland Management Planning: A Guide for
Site Managers. WWF, Wetlands International, IUCN & Ramsar Convention. https://www.ramsar.org/sites/default/files/documents/library/wurc_mgt_planning2008.pdf#page=52%20.
Dovers, Stephen, Suzanne A. Feary, Amanda Martin, Linda McMillan, Debra Morgan, and Michael Tollefson. 2015. “Engagement and Participation in Protected Area Management: Who, Why, How and When?” In . ANU Press. https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/handle/1885/153961.
Erftemeijer, Paul, and Pieter Teunissen. 2009. “ICZM Plan Suriname-Mangrove Report: Analysis of Problems and Solutions for the Management of Mangrove Forests along Suriname’s ‘Wild Coast.’” http://www.academia.edu/2169366/ICZM_Plan_Suriname-Mangrove_Report.
Holthuis, L B. 1959. The Crustacea Decapoda of Suriname (Dutch Guiana). Leiden, Netherlands: Zoolgische Verhandelingen.
International Union for Conservation of Nature. 2015. “Ecosystem Services.” IUCN. November 19, 2015. https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/cems-thematic-groups/ecosystem-services.
———. 2019. “Protected Area Categories.” IUCN. 2019. https://www.iucn.org/theme/protected-areas/about/protected-area-categories.
Kelly, John R., and Simon A. Levin. 1986. “A Comparison of Aquatic and Terrestrial Nutrient Cycling and Production Processes in Natural Ecosystems, with Reference to Ecological Concepts of Relevance to Some Waste Disposal Issues.” In The Role of the Oceans as a Waste Disposal Option, edited by G. Kullenberg, 165–203. NATO ASI Series. Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-009-4628-6_10.
Mann, Kenneth Henry. 1982. Ecology of Coastal Waters: A Systems Approach. University of California Press.
Ministry of Labour, Technological Development and Environment. 2013. “The Fourth National Report to the Convention on Biological Diversity.” Paramaribo, Suriname: Ministry of Labour, Technological Development and Environment.
Mitsch. 2000. Wetlands. Wiley, Hardcover. Parahoe, M., A. Soetosenojo, Y. Jadhav, and V. Wortel. 2008. “Final Report on Biodiversity and
Economic Valuation of Bigi Pan Multiple Use Management Area: Part IV: Economic Valuation and Monitoring of MUMA.” Paramaribo, Suriname: Suriname Conservation Foundation.
26
Ramsar Convention on Wetlands. 2014. “The Wise Use of Wetlands | Ramsar.” 2014. https://www.ramsar.org/about/the-wise-use-of-wetlands.
Ramsar Convention Secretariat. 2010. Managing Wetlands: Frameworks for Managing Wetlands of International Importance and Other Wetland Sites. Ramsar Handbooks for the Wise Use of Wetlands, 4th Edition, Vol. 18. Gland, Switzerland: Ramsar Convention Secretariat.
Snedaker, S. C. 1978. “Mangroves: Their Value and Perpetuation.” Nature and Resources. http://agris.fao.org/agris-search/search.do?recordID=US201301385284.
Spaans, Arie L. 2003. Coastal Birds of Suriname - Kustvogels Van Suriname. Paramaribo, Suriname: Foundation for Nature in Suriname.
Wintle, Brendan A., Heini Kujala, Amy Whitehead, Alison Cameron, Sam Veloz, Aija Kukkala, Atte Moilanen, et al. 2019. “Global Synthesis of Conservation Studies Reveals the Importance of Small Habitat Patches for Biodiversity.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 116 (3): 909–14. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1813051115.
World Wildlife Fund. 2019. “Eastern South America: Coastal French Guiana, Suriname, Guyana, and Southeastern Venezuela | Ecoregions | WWF.” World Wildlife Fund. 2019. https://www.worldwildlife.org/ecoregions/nt1411.
ANNEX III
COASTAL PROTECTED AREAS
MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN
USING INDICATORS
Paramaribo, August 2019
2
Table of Contents
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ............................................................................................................. 3
LIST OF FIGURES ......................................................................................................................... 3
LIST OF TABLES ........................................................................................................................... 3
1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................... 4
1.1 Mangrove Ecosystem Management Approach ........................................................... 5
1.1.1 Adaptive management .................................................................................................... 5
2 MANGROVE ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING STRATEGY ......................... 8
2.1 Vision ........................................................................................................................... 8
2.2 Management Objectives ............................................................................................. 9
3 DEVELOPMENT OF MONITORING INDICATORS ................................................................ 10
3.1 Stakeholder Input Monitoring ................................................................................... 10
3.2 List of Monitoring Indicators ..................................................................................... 12
4 MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN ........................................................................ 18
REFERENCES ............................................................................................................................. 27
3
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature
MUMA Multiple Use Management Area
NMS National Mangrove Strategy
WHSRN Western Hemisphere Shorebird Reserve Network
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1: Protected areas in Suriname (Ministry of Labour, Technological Development and
Environment 2013) ..................................................................................................................... 4
Figure 2: The adaptable management cycle (Ramsar Convention Secretariat 2010) ............... 6
Figure 3: Suriname mangrove ecosystem network management and monitoring strategy ..... 8
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1: Description of indicators and parameters to be monitored per category ................. 12
4
1 INTRODUCTION
Mangrove forests in Suriname currently cover a total of about 100,000 hectares (Erftemeijer
and Teunissen 2009). In addition to their function as bird feeding and breeding ground, the
Surinamese mangrove forests also pose as nurseries for fish and crustaceans. Up to 90% of all
fish and shrimp species in Suriname (including those caught offshore) are found in mangrove
areas during one or more stages of their life cycle (Erftemeijer and Teunissen 2009). Moreover,
a total of 300 different fish species have been recorded from the mangroves of Suriname, as
well as 20 species of crabs and 11 species of shrimp. Among these are economically important
crabs like Ucides cordatus or mangrove crab (Holthuis 1959). About 75% of the Surinamese
coast is protected to a certain extent. Several areas along the Surinamese coastline have been
designated as nature reserves (Hertenrits, Wia-Wia, Galibi), Multiple Use Management Areas
(Bigi Pan, North Coronie, North Saramacca, North Commewijne-Marowijne), Ramsar sites
(Coppename-monding NR) or Important Bird Areas (Bigi Pan and Wia-Wia) (see figure 1)
(Erftemeijer and Teunissen 2009; Catholic University of Leuven 2010). In 1989, the Bigi Pan
MUMA (Multiple Use Management Area), the Coppename-monding Nature Reserve and the
Wia-Wia Nature Reserve received the status of “Hemispheric Reserve” within the Western
Hemisphere Shorebird Reserve Network (WHSRN). Since then, these areas are twinned with
two protected areas in the Bay of Fundy in Canada. Many shorebirds visiting Suriname during
the Canadian winters use these Canadian protected areas as their breeding grounds (Catholic
University of Leuven 2010).
Figure 1: Protected areas in Suriname (Ministry of Labour, Technological Development and Environment 2013)
5
1.1 Mangrove Ecosystem Management Approach
Considering the national and international importance of mangrove ecosystems, including the
ecosystem services these systems provide, it is important to maintain and improve the
biological characteristics of these ecosystems in order to assure the provision of these
important mangrove ecosystem services. Sustainable and effective management of the
mangrove ecosystem in Suriname is therefore targeted through this project, by formulating a
National Mangrove Strategy (NMS). This report comprises a review of the latest management
plans of the ecological network of mangroves comprising of the Bigi Pan MUMA, North
Coronie MUMA, North Saramacca MUMA and the North Commewijne-Marowijne MUMA and
related coastal nature reserves.
Stakeholder engagement was used to identify key mangrove management priorities for
Suriname, which are further developed in a practical workplan. Monitoring indicators related
to effective management goals were also assessed and determined, using the aforementioned
management priorities as a baseline, as well as important indicators for mangrove biological
characteristics.
Best practices in relation to protected areas management, mangrove forest management and
mangrove ecosystem management will be assessed and adapted, when applicable, to the
formulation of the mangrove management and monitoring plans for Suriname. Some of the
best practices are related to international conventions (e.g Ramsar), as well as other important
NGO’s and other international cooperation (e.g. International Union for Conservation of
Nature (IUCN).
1.1.1 Adaptive management
Management planning should be regarded as a continuing, iterative process. It is obvious that
management activities will change with time. Adaptive management is an ecosystem
approach to experimental management that enables changes to be linked to cause and to
management operations. Adaptable management emphasizes the need to change or adapt
the management section or action plan. It is a system based on monitoring and then, if
necessary, modifying management. The cyclical, adaptable management process allows
management to respond to natural dynamic processes; accommodate the legitimate interests
of others; adapt to the ever-changing political and socioeconomic climate; and, in the long
term, succeed, despite uncertain and variable resources. Adaptable management is learning
to manage by planning to learn. Management reviews are an integral and essential
component of the adaptable management process. (Alexander 2008). Ramsar recommends
an adaptable management approach in managing wetlands. According to the Ramsar
management guidelines, managers must adopt a flexible approach that will allow them to
respond to the legitimate interests of others, adapt to the ever-changing political climate,
accommodate uncertain and variable resources, and survive the vagaries of the natural world;
6
in order to safeguard sites and their features. The adaptable management process as
incorporated in the Ramsar planning approach is as follows (see Figure 2) (Ramsar Convention
Secretariat 2010):
1. A decision is made about what should be achieved (i.e., quantified management
objectives are prepared for the important features).
2. Appropriate management, based on the best available information, is implemented to
achieve the objectives.
3. The features are monitored in order to determine the extent to which they meet the
objectives.
4. If objectives are not being met, management is modified.
5. Monitoring is continued to determine if the modified management is meeting the
objectives, and step 5 is repeated for any further adjustments, as necessary.
Figure 2: The adaptable management cycle (Ramsar Convention Secretariat 2010)
Following this management approach, it may be necessary to modify the objectives in
exceptional circumstances. The adaptable management cycle is usually repeated at
predetermined intervals, which should be established to take into account the nature and in
particular the fragility and rate of change of the site features. In all cases, the cycle should be
repeated at any time when emergencies or unforeseen threats become apparent.
Moreover, this adaptable approach enables wetland ecosystem managers to:
1. learn through experience
2. take account of, and respond to, changing factors that affect the features
3. continually develop or refine management processes and
4. demonstrate that management is appropriate and effective
7
The adaptable management process, as incorporated in the Ramsar planning approach (see
figure 2), is recommended for the Suriname mangrove ecosystem network management for
several reasons:
1. Suriname has ratified the Ramsar Convention on Wetlands and is therefore obligated
to follow the respective guidelines of wetlands as good as possible
2. the mangrove ecological network consists mainly of wetlands
3. the management approach been implemented successfully in other protected areas
(Alexander 2008; Ramsar Convention Secretariat 2010).
8
Suriname Mangrove ecosystem network
Management and Monitoring Strategy
2 MANGROVE ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING STRATEGY
Following the adaptable management cycle (see figure 2), management objectives and
resulting actions are interconnected with monitoring. Monitoring is necessary to determine if
the modified management is meeting the objectives. Hence, in the formulation of monitoring
strategy, the management aspect is crucial and therefore incorporated. A schematic overview
of the monitoring strategy is given in the figure below.
Figure 3: Suriname mangrove ecosystem network management and monitoring strategy
According to the Ramsar adaptable management cycle (Ramsar Convention Secretariat 2010),
implementation of management actions should be monitored prior to review of the applied
management approach, in order to achieve effective and result-based protected areas
management. A monitoring strategy should be an efficient, effective, and low-cost approach
to protected areas management. It is cost efficient, which places limits to the selection of
species and parameters to be monitored. In addition, monitoring should be focused on aspects
that are preferred in the system, but also on aspects that are not wanted (in order to record
whether the non-preferred action is still occurring). For these reasons, the monitoring strategy
is integrated with the management actions, which are formulated according to management
objectives, which, in turn, are in line with the vision for the Suriname mangrove ecosystem
network.
2.1 Vision
Taking the Ramsar “wise use” concept in account, applied to the current identified
management priorities in the document on the review of the management plans of the coastal
Vision
Objectives
Actions
Monitoring using indicators
Review
9
area, as well as the relevance of the most recent MUMA management plans, the management
vision for the Suriname mangrove ecosystem network can be defined as follows:
“Improving resilience and long-term optimization of the natural productivity
of the Surinamese mangrove ecosystems to safeguard biodiversity and
healthy nature and equitable sharing of benefits”
2.2 Management Objectives
Overarching management objectives, derived from the vision above, based on the Strengths-
Weaknesses-Opportunities-Threats-Chances analysis (SWOTCH) carried out in the review of
coastal management plans, as part of the NMS, were drafted. These were then compared with
the most relevant objectives in the most recent MUMA management plans. A recent review
of the Bigi Pan MUMA management plan 2013-2023, North Coronie MUMA management plan
2014-2024 and the North Saramacca MUMA management plan 2014-2024 by the Ministry of
Spatial Planning, Land and Forest Management resulted in Bigi Pan management plan 2019 –
2024 Draft April 2019; Noord Coronie Management plan 2019 – 2024 Draft March and Noord
Saramacca management plan 2019 – 2024 Draft March. These updated versions have largely
adopted the management objectives and actions of the previous versions. Since the 2013-
2014 plans were compiled from a MUMA network perspective, many of the actions are still
relevant for the effective management of the mangrove ecological network and are therefore
in line with the goal of the NMS. The following objectives, resulting from the SWOTCH
outcome, compared with the most relevant objectives in the most recent MUMA
management plans, are recommended for the management of the Surinamese mangrove
ecological network:
1. To minimize the environmental impact of human activities in and around the
mangrove ecosystem network (and their associated problems), and to limit the impact
of external changes to the natural equilibrium of the estuary
2. To conserve and enhance native habitats and wildlife of the mangrove ecosystem
network for conservation or economic importance
3. To promote sustainable, holistic mangrove and mud activities
4. To manage the mangrove ecosystem network in a way that is sustainable to the
estuarine environment and actively involves the local community, recreational users
and commercial interests
5. To increase the awareness on both local and national level regarding mangrove
ecosystem, its services, enforcement and about the Management Plans itself, leading
to ownership and better understanding and recognition of the importance of
mangrove conservation and protection.
10
3 DEVELOPMENT OF MONITORING INDICATORS
Monitoring is defined by the Ramsar Convention as “Collection of specific information for
management purposes in response to hypotheses derived from assessment activities, and the
use of these monitoring results for implementing management” (Ramsar Convention on
Wetlands 2005). A plan for effective management of a protected area should be monitored
while being implemented, in order to assess the true impact (either positive, negative or
negligible) on the system.
3.1 Stakeholder Input Monitoring
Stakeholder engagement and stakeholder management are one the most important
ingredients for successful protected areas management (Dovers et al. 2015) (because effective
management requires a plan that is acknowledged by all the stakeholders involved).
Stakeholder views and priorities concerning mangrove ecosystem management and
monitoring was obtained through an inception workshop. The feedback concerning
management was included in the compilation of management objectives and actions, while
the feedback on indicators was incorporated in the development of monitoring indicators.
Management
Listed allowed (or preferred) activities in mangrove ecosystems were:
• Tourism (nature tourism, ecotourism; mangrove park)
• Apiculture
• Fisheries
• Sustainable forestry
• Mangrove restoration in areas where these are increasing
• Crustacean harvest
• Hunting
• Selective logging
• Potable water extraction
• Selective extraction of building materials
• Scientific research
• Education activities
• Agriculture, fisheries, animal husbandry with appropriate legislation
• Non timber forest product harvest
Listed restricted activities in mangroves were:
• Mangrove removal for urban development of infrastructure
• All activities which decrease biodiversity
• Construction of hard structures (e.g. dyke) for protection of coast
11
• Hunting
• Clearing mangroves on large scale e.g. for animal husbandry
• Waste and litter, including plastic
• Permits (beschikkingen) for projects that require clearing mangroves prior to land
alterations
• Poaching
Monitoring
The following aspects were identified as indicators of a healthy and productive mangrove
ecosystem:
• High fish species diversity and high yield (large populations)
• Good water quality
• Plenty of fish, crabs and honey (high biological productivity of the mangrove system)
• Healthy fish populations
• Healthy bee colonies
• High biodiversity (birds, fish, crustaceans)
• No oil spills
The following aspects were identified as indicators of an unhealthy and unproductive
mangrove ecosystem:
• Decreasing fish species diversity
• Decrease in populations of the occurring species of wildlife (decrease in biological
diversity
• Dying mangroves
• Less fish
• Low water quality
• Marine litter
• Less crustaceans
• Less coastal birds
The identified monitoring indicators were:
• Salinity
• Good growth of mangrove trees
• High fish species richness
Participatory protected area management (also known as collaborative management) is
generally referred to a situation in which ‘some or all of the relevant stakeholders in a
protected area are involved in a substantial way in management activities’ (Borrini-
Feyerabend 1996). This is usually realized through partnerships developed between the
institution responsible for the administration of the protected area and various other
12
stakeholders, and can take the shape of formal or informal agreements (Borrini-Feyerabend
et al. 2004). Noteworthy is that stakeholders highlighted the need for community
engagement, active stakeholder engagement and ideas for capacity building in order to
actively contribute to effective monitoring and management of mangrove ecosystems in
Suriname. Many of the listed priorities, actions and collaboration strategies are already
mentioned in the latest MUMA management plans (2013-2024). This is evidence that the
stakeholders are currently aware of the status of the mangrove ecosystems and the actions
that are necessary to maintain and or improve the biological productivity of these systems.
From this, it can also be inferred that the stakeholders support actions that preserve these
highly productive systems. Furthermore, the stakeholder input on possible monitoring
indicators according to their view and understanding, proves again that awareness concerning
the need of monitoring is present.
3.2 List of Monitoring Indicators
A list of monitoring indicators, including monitoring protocol, was developed relating to
effective but practical monitoring of mangrove ecosystem management, in light of the
presented management objectives in paragraph 2.1. The list of indicators developed is given
in table 1. With the implementation of these monitoring protocols, a great amount of data
will be generated which will help the evaluation of the management objectives and
management actions. It is advisable to organize a database regarding the storing and analyzing
of data, in order to use these to evaluate the management activities and to improve
management (by following the strategy presented in chapter 2).
Table 1: Description of indicators and parameters to be monitored per category
WATER QUALITY
Indicator /
Parameter
Description of parameter Frequency
of
monitoring
Protocol
Temperature Measure of ambient water
temperature
Monthly 1. Define strategic
locations
2. Measure
temperature,
pH, Salinity,
turbidity.
3. Take water
sample using
standard water
sampling
methods
pH Measure of acidity of water Monthly
Salinity Measure of concentration of
mineral salts in water. Is highly
dependent on water
temperature.
Monthly
Turbidity Measure of light scattering by
suspended particles in water,
providing an indirect measure of
light penetration
Monthly
13
WATER QUALITY
Indicator /
Parameter
Description of parameter Frequency
of
monitoring
Protocol
Dissolved oxygen
(DO)
Measure for the concentration
of oxygen in mg/l and
recalculated using temperature
to return percentage saturation.
Monthly 4. Analyze DO, N,
K, BOD, CEC,
heavy metals
and E-coli in
labs. Surface water
nutrients nitrogen
(N), Potassium (K)
(Kalium) and
phosphorus (P)
N, K and P in surface indicates
runoff from agricultural land, as
these nutrients mostly come
from fertilizer application
Monthly
Biological oxygen
demand (BOD)
Indicates the amount of water-
dissolved oxygen consumed by
micro-organisms. The higher the
BOD, the higher the amount of
biological pollution in the water.
Monthly
Chemical oxygen
demand
Indicates the amount of organic
pollutants in surface water.
Monthly
Sediment analysis
Cation exchange
capacity (CEC)
The net ability of a soil to hold,
retain and exchange cations such
as calcium (Ca2+), magnesium
(Mg2+), potassium (K+), sodium
(Na+) and ammonium (NH4+) and
prevent them from leaching. The
higher a soil’s CEC, the more
cations it can retain.
Monthly
E. coli bacteria Escherichia coli (called E. coli),
refers to a group of bacteria that
is commonly found in the
intestines of humans and
animals. High levels of E. coli
found in the water indicate a
high concentration of feces, or
stool, of humans or animals.
Measure coliform, fecal coliform
and e-coli
Monthly
Heavy metals Heavy metals, mostly coming
from tailwater, can accumulate
in lakes or reservoirs, they are
Once per
year
14
WATER QUALITY
Indicator /
Parameter
Description of parameter Frequency
of
monitoring
Protocol
not degradable. At high
concentrations they can become
toxic for aquatic organisms.
MANGROVES
Indicator /
Parameter
Description of parameter Frequency
of
monitoring
Protocol
Mangrove
growth
Measure of biomass increase
or decrease through number of
trees and diameter at breast
height
Quarterly 1. Establish permanent
plots of 10x10 meters
2. Measure diameter at
breast height (dbh)
and calculate biomass
using allometric
calculations
3. Compare
measurements with
previous months
1. Record items used as
non-timber forest
products and
measure weight
2. Record alien invasive
species present with
their location
Areal extent Monitoring with remote
sensing combined with ground
truthing.
Once in two
years
Density A measure of the condition of
the mangrove habitat.
Mangroves >40% crown
density are dense (closed
forest), 10-40% crown density
are sparse (open forest), <10%
crown density are degraded
mangroves.
Once in two
years
Mangrove
regeneration
Area planted with mangrove
seedlings and recording of
growth / land accretion
Once a year
Non timber
forest
product
Items used non timber forest
product and extraction
numbers
Quarterly
Alien invasive
plants
Occurrence and location.
Examples: river tamarind
(Leucaena leucocephala)
(Global Invasive Species
Database 2019)
Once a year
15
FISH AND CRUSTACEANS
Indicator /
Parameter
Description of parameter Frequency
of
monitoring
Protocol
Tarpon (Tarpon
atlanticus) and
shrimp)
Fish and crustacean species
diversity and productivity.
Tarpon is a predator fish
species. Its presence indicates
the availability of freshwater
Measure abundance, biomass
and density. Abundance can be
characterized as numbers
sampled per site and life stage.
Biomass is characterized by
biomass and life stage at each
site. Density is reported as
numbers and biomass per
kilometer or hectare.
Monthly 1. Define strategic
locations
2. Deploy 50m, 3”
floating nets for
two hours
3. Identify caught
fish/crustacean
species and record
length and weight
per fish
4. Compare
measurements over
time
Fisheries and
crustacean
yields
Fisheries and crustacean
productivity
Monthly
African tilapia
(Oreochromis
mossambicus)
Alien invasive species; effect on
fish yield and native
populations
Monthly
COASTAL BIRDS
Indicator /
Parameter
Description of parameter Frequency
of
monitoring
Protocol
Scarlett
Ibis and
Is a migratory bird. Breeds
in a narrow zone along the
coast of northern and
eastern South America.
The Scarlet Ibis nest
predominantly in young
black mangrove forests.
Measure abundance by
counting breeding colonies
during low-altitude aerial
surveys
Quarterly 1. Count of breeding colonies
from a low-flying plane
operating in an altitude of 500
-700 feet (150 – 210 m). At
these altitudes, the breeding
colonies of scarlet ibises,
egrets and other herons can
easily be detected. They can
be distinguished from non-
breeding assemblages of
these birds, because they do
16
COASTAL BIRDS
Indicator /
Parameter
Description of parameter Frequency
of
monitoring
Protocol
American
flamingo
One of the larger coastal
bird species. Measure
abundance by counting
roosting colonies during
low-altitude aerial surveys
Quarterly not leave their nests when the
plane circles around the
colony.
2. Multiply numbers obtained
from aerial surveys by 1.5
because they are nearly
always underestimates
(Spaans 1975)
3. Record sings of bird poaching
during aerial survey
4. Inventory of poaching through
the Ministry of Spatial
Planning, Land and Forest
Management (processen
verbaal)
5. Deploy camera traps on
strategic locations and records
sings of poaching
Poaching Number of poached birds
and poachers arrested.
Quarterly
TERRESTRIAL PRODUCTIVITY
Indicator /
Parameter
Description of
parameter
Frequency
of
monitoring
Protocol
Jaguar A sign of a healthy
ecosystem. Is common
in coastal protected
areas of Suriname.
Quarterly Deploy camera traps on strategic
locations and records sightings
Hunting
yields
Number of hunted
animals extracted from
the area. Indicates the
productivity.
Quarterly Survey local community on
hunting and record species, sex,
and weight of hunted animals
Poaching Number of poached
animals and poachers
arrested
Quarterly 1. Inventory of poaching through
Ministry of Spatial Planning,
Land and Forest Management
(processen verbaal)
17
TERRESTRIAL PRODUCTIVITY
Indicator /
Parameter
Description of
parameter
Frequency
of
monitoring
Protocol
2. Deploy camera traps on
strategic locations and records
sings of poaching
OTHER
Indicator /
Parameter
Description of
parameter
Frequency
of
monitoring
Protocol
Tourism Tourism activities
and tourism
numbers
Quarterly Survey local and national tour operators
on number of tourists and executes
tourism activities
Mining Extraction
numbers of
building materials
Yearly Survey mining companies active in area
for the amount (volume or weight) of
resource extracted
Oil spills Indicates pressure
on ecosystem
Quarterly Record oil spills and locations, including
the follow-up after clean-up
Littering Waste and litter,
including plastic
Quarterly 1. Define strategic locations
2. Measure waste type and weight
18
4
MA
NA
GEM
ENT
AN
D M
ON
ITO
RIN
G P
LAN
The
man
agem
ent
acti
on
s ar
e c
om
pile
d a
cco
rdin
g to
th
e p
revi
ou
sly
form
ula
ted
man
agem
ent
ob
ject
ives
men
tio
ned
in p
arag
rap
h 2
.2. a
nd
are
in
line
wit
h t
he
man
gro
ve e
cosy
ste
m m
anag
emen
t an
d m
on
ito
rin
g st
rate
gy p
rese
nte
d in
ch
apte
r 2
. Th
e p
revi
ou
s ac
tio
n p
lan
s w
ere
also
co
nsu
lted
wh
ile f
orm
ula
tin
g th
ese
acti
on
s an
d r
ele
van
t ac
tio
ns
wer
e al
so u
sed
as
a b
asel
ine.
Th
e ti
mef
ram
e o
f th
e ac
tio
ns
in r
elat
ion
to
th
e ex
ecu
tio
n a
nd
fin
aliz
atio
n a
re d
efin
ed a
s sh
ort
ter
m (
s), m
ediu
m t
erm
(m
) an
d lo
ng
term
(l)
. Sh
ort
ter
m a
ctio
ns
sho
uld
be
imp
lem
en
ted
in t
he
firs
t tw
o y
ears
of
ado
pti
on
of
the
acti
on
pla
n.
Med
ium
ter
m a
ctio
ns
sho
uld
be
com
ple
ted
bet
wee
n 2
-4 y
ears
aft
er a
do
pti
on
of
the
pla
n,
wh
ile l
on
g te
rm a
ctio
ns
sho
uld
be
com
ple
ted
4-5
yea
rs a
fter
ad
op
tio
n o
f th
e ac
tio
n p
lan
.
Ob
ject
ive
1: T
o m
inim
ize
the
en
viro
nm
en
tal i
mp
act
of
hu
man
act
ivit
ies
in a
nd
aro
un
d t
he
man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
net
wo
rk (
and
th
eir
asso
ciat
ed
pro
ble
ms)
, an
d t
o li
mit
th
e im
pac
t o
f e
xte
rnal
ch
ange
s to
th
e n
atu
ral e
qu
ilib
riu
m o
f th
e e
stu
ary
A
ctiv
ity
O
utp
ut
Key
ind
icat
or
M
ean
s o
f V
erif
icat
ion
Ti
me
fram
e
Mo
nit
ori
ng
ind
icat
or
and
pro
toco
l
Key
act
ors
1 O
blig
ate
a so
cial
an
d
envi
ron
men
tal i
mp
act
asse
ssm
ent
for
maj
or
pla
nn
ing
acti
viti
es
EISA
ob
ligat
ed f
or
maj
or
acti
viti
es
wit
hin
, ad
join
ing
or
rela
ted
to
man
gro
ves
EISA
‘s d
evel
op
ed
Min
iste
rial
Dec
ree
an
d
ESIA
gu
idel
ines
by
the
Nat
ion
al In
stit
ute
fo
r
Envi
ron
men
t an
d
Dev
elo
pm
ent
in
Suri
nam
e (N
IMO
S)
m
Min
ing
Oil
spill
s
Po
ach
ing
Min
istr
y o
f Sp
atia
l Pla
nn
ing,
Lan
d a
nd
Fo
rest
Man
agem
ent
2 R
egis
ter
peo
ple
an
d
carg
o m
ovi
ng
in a
nd
ou
t
of
the
man
gro
ve a
reas
Nu
mb
er o
f
visi
tors
, act
ive
fish
erm
en e
tc.
kno
wn
Dat
abas
e w
ith
qu
anti
fica
tio
n o
f
peo
ple
an
d c
argo
Dat
abas
e w
hic
h
regi
ste
rs p
eop
le a
nd
carg
o m
ove
men
t
s To
uri
sm
Man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
3 D
evel
op
an
d im
ple
men
t
a w
aste
man
agem
ent
pla
n f
or
the
man
gro
ve
area
Incr
ease
d w
aste
man
agem
ent
Am
ou
nt
of
pla
stic
and
oth
er w
aste
in t
he
wat
erw
ays
red
uce
d
Was
te m
anag
emen
t
pla
n
s Li
tte
rin
g
Man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
19
4 C
om
pile
cri
sis/
dis
aste
r
man
agem
ent
pro
toco
l to
dea
l wit
h d
rast
ic c
han
ges
in t
he
char
acte
rist
ics
of
the
man
gro
ves,
incl
ud
ing
wat
er q
ual
ity
Dis
aste
r
man
agem
ent
pro
toco
l
esta
blis
hed
Dis
aste
r
po
ssib
iliti
es li
ste
d
Dis
aste
r m
anag
emen
t
pro
toco
l
m
All
pro
toco
ls
Man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n /
stak
eho
lder
s
5 C
on
du
ct m
angr
ove
map
pin
g
Man
gro
ve s
urf
ace
area
kn
ow
n
Reg
ula
r h
abit
at
map
pin
g
GIS
laye
r sh
ow
ing
man
gro
ve s
tatu
s
s M
angr
ove
gro
wth
Man
gro
ve
aeri
al e
xte
nt
Man
gro
ve
den
sity
Man
gro
ve
rege
ner
atio
n
Alie
n in
vasi
ve
pla
nts
Man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n/
Suri
nam
e Fo
un
dat
ion
fo
r
Fore
st M
anag
emen
t an
d
Pro
du
ctio
n C
on
tro
l (SB
B)
6
Esta
blis
h a
nd
mai
nta
in a
dat
abas
e to
tra
ck
on
goin
g w
ate
r q
ual
ity
mo
nit
ori
ng
pro
gram
s in
the
est
uar
y
Dat
abas
e o
f w
ate
r
qu
alit
y e
stab
lish
ed
Wat
er
qu
alit
y
dat
abas
e in
pla
ce
and
up
dat
ed
regu
larl
y
Wat
er
qu
alit
y re
po
rts,
mo
nth
ly r
esu
lts
m
Wat
er
qu
alit
y M
angr
ove
eco
syst
em
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n /
Cen
tru
m v
oo
r
Lan
db
ou
wku
nd
ig O
nd
erzo
ek
in S
uri
nam
e /
Wat
erl
oo
pku
nd
ige
die
nst
Suri
nam
e
20
O
bje
ctiv
e 2
: To
co
nse
rve
and
en
han
ce n
ativ
e h
abit
ats
and
wild
life
of
the
man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
net
wo
rk a
nd
pay
sp
ecia
l att
enti
on
to
th
ose
are
as
wh
ich
su
pp
ort
sp
ecie
s fo
r co
nse
rvat
ion
or
eco
no
mic
imp
ort
ance
A
ctiv
ity
O
utp
ut
Key
ind
icat
or
M
ean
s o
f V
erif
icat
ion
Ti
me
fram
e
Mo
nit
ori
ng
ind
icat
or
and
pro
toco
l
Key
act
ors
1 R
ehab
ilita
te
estu
arin
e h
abit
at
dam
aged
by
hu
man
acti
viti
es a
nd
ero
sio
n
Dam
aged
sit
es
reh
abili
tate
d
Imp
rove
men
t in
eco
logi
cal h
ealt
h
Wat
er
qu
alit
y re
po
rts
Man
gro
ve m
easu
rem
ents
l W
ate
r q
ual
ity
Man
gro
ve
gro
wth
Man
gro
ve
den
sity
Man
gro
ve
rege
ner
atio
n
Man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n /
An
ton
de
Ko
m U
niv
ersi
teit
van
Suri
nam
e
2
Co
nti
nu
e p
roce
ss t
o
esta
blis
h R
amsa
r
stat
us
for
man
gro
ve
eco
syst
em
Ram
sar
stat
us
esta
blis
hed
Do
cum
enta
tio
n f
or
Ram
sar
Info
rmat
ion
Shee
t, in
clu
din
g
map
, pre
par
ed
Co
rres
po
nd
ence
bet
we
en
RG
B a
nd
Ram
sar
Secr
etar
iat
rega
rdin
g
des
ign
atio
n o
f m
angr
ove
area
s fo
r in
clu
sio
n in
th
e
Ram
sar
List
Incl
usi
on
on
Ram
sar
list
l
Min
istr
y o
f Sp
atia
l
Pla
nn
ing,
Lan
d a
nd
Fo
rest
Man
agem
ent
/ M
angr
ove
eco
syst
em m
anag
emen
t
org
aniz
atio
n
3 A
sses
s th
e
occ
urr
ence
of
alie
n
(pla
nt
and
an
imal
)
spec
ies
and
inco
rpo
rate
th
e
mo
nit
ori
ng
of
thes
e
spec
ies
Alie
n s
pec
ies
mo
nit
ori
ng
pro
gram
imp
lem
ente
d
Bas
elin
e d
ata
of
occ
urr
ence
of
alie
n
spec
ies
Rep
ort
on
occ
urr
ence
of
alie
n s
pec
ies
s A
lien
inva
sive
pla
nts
Afr
ican
tila
pia
Man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n /
An
ton
de
Ko
m U
niv
ersi
teit
van
Suri
nam
e
21
4 Im
ple
men
t
mo
nit
ori
ng
pro
gram
of
Tarp
on
an
d o
ther
larg
e ec
on
om
ical
ly
imp
ort
ant
fish
spec
ies
Tarp
on
an
d
oth
er f
ish
spec
ies
regu
larl
y
mo
nit
ore
d
Nu
mb
ers
of
Tarp
on
and
oth
er la
rge
fish
spec
ies
kno
wn
Fish
mo
nit
ori
ng
rep
ort
s s
Tarp
on
Afr
ican
tila
pia
Fish
erie
s an
d
cru
stac
ean
yiel
ds
Man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n/
An
ton
de
Ko
m U
niv
ersi
teit
van
Suri
nam
e
5 Im
ple
men
t
mo
nit
ori
ng
pro
gram
of
coas
tal b
ird
s
Scar
let
ibis
an
d
Am
eri
can
flam
ingo
s
regu
larl
y
mo
nit
ore
d
Nu
mb
ers
of
bre
edin
g co
lon
ies
of
scar
let
ibis
an
d
Am
eri
can
fla
min
goes
kno
wn
Bir
d m
on
ito
rin
g re
po
rts
Aer
ial s
urv
eys
s Sc
arle
t ib
is
Am
eri
can
flam
ingo
Bir
d p
oac
hin
g
Man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
6 Es
tab
lish
on
goin
g
mo
nit
ori
ng
pro
gram
to c
olle
ct
info
rmat
ion
on
day
visi
tors
Day
vis
ito
rs a
nd
pu
rpo
se o
f vi
sit
regi
ste
red
Reg
iste
r o
f vi
sito
rs
Rep
ort
s o
n v
isit
ors
s
Tou
rism
M
angr
ove
eco
syst
em
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
7 Im
ple
men
t
mo
nit
ori
ng
of
the
gam
e yi
eld
fro
m t
he
man
gro
ves
Gam
e yi
eld
dat
abas
e
esta
blis
hed
Dat
abas
e G
ame
rep
ort
s s
Hu
nti
ng
yiel
ds
Man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
8 Im
ple
men
t
mo
nit
ori
ng
pro
gram
of
Jagu
ar p
op
ula
tio
n
and
Sca
rlet
Ibis
po
pu
lati
on
Jagu
ar
po
pu
lati
on
an
d
Scar
let
Ibis
regu
larl
y
mo
nit
ore
d
Nu
mb
ers
of
Jagu
ar
spec
ies
and
Sca
rlet
Ibis
po
pu
lati
on
kno
wn
Jagu
ar a
nd
Sca
rlet
Ibis
mo
nit
ori
ng
rep
ort
s
s Ja
guar
Scar
let
ibis
Am
eri
can
flam
ingo
Po
ach
ing
Man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n /
An
ton
de
Ko
m U
niv
ersi
teit
van
Suri
nam
e
9 R
ehab
ilita
te e
rod
ed
nes
tin
g b
each
es u
sed
by
sea
turt
les
Sea
turt
les
nes
tin
g o
n
bea
ches
succ
essf
ully
Nu
mb
er o
f se
a tu
rtle
nes
ts p
rese
nt
Rec
ord
ed s
ea
turt
le n
ests
on
pat
ches
of
nes
tin
g
bea
ches
in m
angr
ove
eco
logi
cal n
etw
ork
l
Man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n /
An
ton
de
Ko
m U
niv
ersi
teit
van
22
Suri
nam
e /
Min
istr
y o
f
Spat
ial P
lan
nin
g, L
and
and
Fo
rest
Man
agem
ent
Ob
ject
ive
3: T
o p
rom
ote
su
stai
nab
le, h
olis
tic
man
gro
ve a
nd
mu
d a
ctiv
itie
s
A
ctiv
ity
O
utp
ut
Ke
y in
dic
ato
r
Me
ans
of
Ve
rifi
cati
on
Tim
e
fram
e
Mo
nit
ori
ng
ind
icat
or
and
pro
toco
l
Key
act
ors
1 D
eter
min
e vi
sita
tio
n r
ate.
Det
erm
ine
and
inte
grat
e
tou
rism
car
ryin
g ca
pac
ity
Max
imu
m o
ccu
pan
cy
of
visi
tors
esta
blis
hed
. To
uri
sm
carr
yin
g ca
pac
ity
det
erm
ined
Car
ryin
g ca
pac
ity
resu
lts
for
tou
rist
s
Dat
abas
e w
ith
nu
mb
er o
f vi
sito
rs
Rep
ort
on
car
ryin
g
cap
acit
y
m
All
pro
toco
ls
Man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n /
An
ton
de
Ko
m U
niv
ersi
teit
van
Su
rin
ame
2 D
evel
op
a w
aste
man
agem
ent
mas
ter
pla
n f
or
the
man
gro
ves
Incr
ease
d w
aste
man
agem
ent
Am
ou
nt
of
pla
stic
an
d o
ther
was
te in
th
e
wat
erw
ays
Was
te m
anag
emen
t
pla
n
m
Litt
eri
ng
M
angr
ove
eco
syst
em
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
3 D
evel
op
an
d im
ple
men
t
min
imal
req
uir
emen
t fo
r to
uri
st
cam
ps/
lod
ges
and
imp
lem
ent
per
mit
s fo
r to
ur
op
erat
ors
Tou
rist
cam
ps/
lod
ges
bu
ilt a
cco
rdin
g to
req
uir
emen
ts
Co
nd
itio
n o
f
tou
rism
cam
ps
Nu
mb
er o
f p
erm
its
for
tou
r o
per
ato
rs
s To
uri
sm
Man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n /
Nat
ion
al in
stit
ute
fo
r
stan
dar
ds
(SSB
)
4 C
om
pile
an
d im
ple
men
t a
mo
nit
ori
ng
pla
n f
or
the
visi
tor
imp
act
on
th
e ec
osy
stem
,
incl
ud
ing
trai
ls, t
ram
plin
g, c
anal
Vis
ito
r’s
imp
act
dec
reas
ed
Tou
rism
imp
act
on
eco
syst
em
Year
ly a
sse
ssm
ent
rep
ort
s o
n t
rails
,
tram
plin
g, e
rosi
on
and
oth
er e
ffec
ts
s W
ate
r q
ual
ity
Tou
rism
Man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
23
or
ban
k er
osi
on
, an
d e
-co
li
leve
ls
5 R
egu
late
bo
at t
raff
ic o
n t
he
estu
ary
to m
inim
ize
imp
acts
,
enh
ance
saf
ety,
an
d r
edu
ce
po
lluti
on
an
d n
uis
ance
by
per
mit
tin
g b
oat
s w
ith
6 p
erso
ns
max
imu
m a
nd
15
HP
en
gin
e
Dec
reas
ed
leve
l of
imp
acts
rel
ated
to
bo
at t
raff
ic
Pu
blic
atio
n o
f
bo
at t
raff
ic
req
uir
emen
ts
Bo
at t
raff
ic
req
uir
emen
ts a
nd
guid
elin
es
m
Wat
er
qu
alit
y M
angr
ove
eco
syst
em
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
6 Ex
ecu
te p
ilot
pro
ject
bee
keep
ing
wit
hin
th
e
man
gro
ves
Bee
kee
pin
g st
arte
d
Bee
kee
pin
g
acti
viti
es
Pro
gres
s re
po
rts
m
M
angr
ove
eco
syst
em
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
7 D
evel
op
man
gro
ve t
ou
rism
mas
terp
lan
Man
gro
ve t
ou
rism
pla
n d
evel
op
ed
Tou
rism
car
ryin
g
cap
acit
y lis
ted
Man
gro
ve t
ou
rism
pla
n
m
All
pro
toco
ls
Man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n /
stak
eho
lder
s
24
O
bje
ctiv
e 4
: To
man
age
the
man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
net
wo
rk in
a w
ay t
hat
is s
ust
ain
able
to
th
e es
tuar
ine
envi
ron
men
t an
d a
ctiv
ely
invo
lves
the
loca
l co
mm
un
ity,
rec
reat
ion
al u
sers
an
d c
om
mer
cial
inte
rest
s
A
ctiv
ity
O
utp
ut
Key
ind
icat
or
M
ean
s o
f
Ver
ific
atio
n
Tim
e
fram
e
Mo
nit
ori
ng
ind
icat
or
and
pro
toco
l
Key
act
ors
1
Mai
nta
in s
take
ho
lder
dat
abas
e St
akeh
old
er
dat
abas
e d
evel
op
ed
and
up
dat
ed
Stak
eho
lder
info
rmat
ion
avai
lab
le
Stak
eho
lder
dat
abas
e
s
Man
gro
ve
eco
syst
em
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
2
Esta
blis
h r
egu
lar
coo
rdin
atin
g
mee
tin
gs w
ith
(go
vern
men
tal)
pla
yers
in t
he
MA
NG
RO
VES
such
as
the
wat
er b
oar
d a
nd
pu
blic
wo
rks
Reg
ula
r m
eeti
ngs
wit
h g
ove
rnm
enta
l
stak
eho
lder
s
Co
op
erat
ion
of
gove
rnm
enta
l
stak
eho
lder
s
Min
ute
s o
f
mee
tin
gs
m
Man
gro
ve
eco
syst
em
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
3
Form
ula
te f
inan
cin
g p
lan
fo
r
man
gro
ve e
cosy
stem
man
agem
ent
Fin
anci
ng
of
imp
lem
enta
tio
n o
f
man
agem
ent
pla
n
Bu
dge
tin
g
man
agem
ent
acti
on
s
Fin
anci
al
pla
n
s
Man
gro
ve
eco
syst
em
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
25
O
bje
ctiv
e 5
: To
incr
ease
th
e aw
are
nes
s o
n b
oth
loca
l an
d n
atio
nal
leve
l re
gard
ing
man
gro
ve e
cosy
ste
m, i
ts s
ervi
ces,
en
forc
eme
nt
and
ab
ou
t th
e
Man
agem
en
t P
lan
s it
self
, lea
din
g to
ow
ner
ship
an
d b
ette
r u
nd
ers
tan
din
g an
d r
eco
gnit
ion
of
the
imp
ort
ance
of
man
gro
ve c
on
serv
ati
on
an
d p
rote
ctio
n
A
ctiv
ity
O
utp
ut
Ke
y in
dic
ato
r
Me
ans
of
Ve
rifi
cati
on
Tim
e
fram
e
Mo
nit
ori
ng
ind
icat
or
and
pro
toco
l
Key
act
ors
1 C
om
po
se e
du
cati
on
al a
nd
info
rmat
ive
mat
eria
l in
clu
din
g
sign
age,
po
ster
s, p
amp
hle
ts a
nd
rele
van
t in
fo t
o e
nh
ance
vis
ito
r
exp
erie
nce
Co
mm
un
ity
awar
enes
s o
n
imp
ort
ance
an
d
valu
e o
f
man
gro
ves
rais
ed
Po
ste
rs, s
ign
age,
pam
ph
lets
, lit
erat
ure
com
po
sed
an
d d
istr
ibu
ted
Po
ste
rs,
sign
age,
pam
ph
lets
m
M
angr
ove
eco
syst
em
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
2 C
om
pile
bo
okl
et f
or
gen
eral
pu
blic
,
hig
hlig
hti
ng
the
imp
ort
ance
an
d
reso
urc
es o
f th
e m
angr
ove
s, t
he
imp
ort
ance
of
con
serv
atio
n
mea
sure
s, a
s w
ell a
s th
e re
ven
ues
gen
erat
ed
Co
mm
un
ity
awar
enes
s o
n
imp
ort
ance
an
d
valu
e o
f
man
gro
ves
rais
ed
Bo
okl
ets
dis
trib
ute
d w
ith
info
rmat
ion
of
the
imp
ort
ance
of
the
man
gro
ves,
usi
ng
mo
nit
ori
ng
dat
a,
pu
blis
hed
an
d u
pd
ate
d
ever
y 2
yea
rs
Bo
okl
ets
l
Man
gro
ve
eco
syst
em
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
3 In
crea
sed
aw
aren
ess
on
eff
ects
of
po
ach
ing
Aw
aren
ess
pro
gram
in e
ffec
t
Dec
reas
ed
nu
mb
er o
f
po
ach
ing
acti
viti
es
Aw
aren
ess
pla
n
s
Man
gro
ve
eco
syst
em
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
4 M
angr
ove
info
rmat
ion
eas
ily
avai
lab
le f
or
gen
eral
pu
blic
Web
site
esta
blis
hed
an
d
up
dat
ed r
egu
larl
y
Nu
mb
er o
f vi
sits
on
web
site
We
bsi
te a
ctiv
e m
Man
gro
ve
eco
syst
em
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
5 M
ark
bo
un
dar
ies
of
man
gro
ves
and
gen
erat
e b
illb
oar
ds/
sign
age
Bo
un
dar
ies
and
oth
er im
po
rtan
t
Sign
age
wit
h in
form
atio
n
of
the
man
gro
ves
Bill
bo
ard
s,
sign
age
m
M
angr
ove
eco
syst
em
26
com
mu
nic
atin
g th
e si
ze,
imp
ort
ance
, res
ou
rces
an
d r
even
ue
info
rmat
ion
of
man
gro
ves
dis
pla
yed
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
6 En
cou
rage
fie
ld e
xcu
rsio
ns
by
loca
l
sch
oo
ls, c
om
mu
nit
y gr
ou
ps
and
oth
er s
take
ho
lder
gro
up
s
Man
gro
ves
regu
larl
y vi
site
d
by
sch
oo
ls a
nd
oth
er e
du
cati
on
al
gro
up
s
Fiel
d e
xcu
rsio
ns
faci
litat
ed
Nu
mb
er o
f fi
eld
excu
rsio
ns
l
Man
gro
ve
eco
syst
em
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
7 P
ub
lish
reg
ula
r u
pd
ates
of
mo
nit
ori
ng
ob
serv
atio
ns
Pu
blis
hed
do
cum
ents
con
tain
ing
man
gro
ve
mo
nit
ori
ng
ou
tpu
ts
Res
ult
s o
f m
on
ito
rin
g
pro
toco
ls f
orm
atte
d t
o
pu
blis
hab
le d
ocu
men
ts
Nu
mb
er o
f
pu
blis
hed
do
cum
ents
on
mo
nit
ori
ng
m
All
pro
toco
ls
Man
gro
ve
eco
syst
em
man
agem
ent
org
aniz
atio
n
27
REFERENCES
Alexander, Mike, ed. 2008. “Adaptable Management, Review and Audit.” In Management Planning for Nature Conservation: A Theoretical Basis & Practical Guide, 63–76. Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-6581-1_6.
Borrini-Feyerabend, G. 1996. Collaborative Management of Protected Areas: Tailoring the Approach to the Context. Gland: Social Policy Group, IUCN.
Borrini-Feyerabend, G., M. Pimbert, M.T. Farvar, A Kothari, and Y Renard. 2004. Learning by Doing in Co-Management of Natural Resources throughout the World. Cenesta, Tehran: IIED and IUCN/CEESP/ CMWG.
Catholic University of Leuven. 2010. “Coastal Morphodynamics of Suriname.” 2010. https://www.kuleuven.be/hydr/SurinameCoast/SurinameCoast_v2010_3.htm.
Dovers, Stephen, Suzanne A. Feary, Amanda Martin, Linda McMillan, Debra Morgan, and Michael Tollefson. 2015. “Engagement and Participation in Protected Area Management: Who, Why, How and When?” In . ANU Press. https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/handle/1885/153961.
Erftemeijer, Paul, and Pieter Teunissen. 2009. “ICZM Plan Suriname-Mangrove Report: Analysis of Problems and Solutions for the Management of Mangrove Forests along Suriname’s ‘Wild Coast.’” http://www.academia.edu/2169366/ICZM_Plan_Suriname-Mangrove_Report.
Global Invasive Species Database. 2019. “Global Invasive Species Database.” 2019. http://issg.org/database/species/search.asp?sts=sss&st=sss&fr=1&x=34&y=9&sn=&rn=Suriname&hci=-1&ei=-1&lang=EN.
Holthuis, L B. 1959. The Crustacea Decapoda of Suriname (Dutch Guiana). Leiden, Netherlands: Zoolgische Verhandelingen.
Ministry of Labour, Technological Development and Environment. 2013. “The Fourth National Report to the Convention on Biological Diversity.” Paramaribo, Suriname: Ministry of Labour, Technological Development and Environment.
Ramsar Convention on Wetlands. 2005. “‘Wetlands and Water: Supporting Life, Sustaining Livelihoods’ 9th Meeting of the Conference of the Contracting Parties to the Convention on Wetlands (Ramsar, Iran, 1971) Kampala, Uganda, 8-15 November 2005.” http://archive.ramsar.org/cda/en/ramsar-documents-resol-resolution-ix-1-annex-e/main/ramsar/1-31-107%5E23497_4000_0__.
Ramsar Convention Secretariat. 2010. Managing Wetlands: Frameworks for Managing Wetlands of International Importance and Other Wetland Sites. Ramsar Handbooks for the Wise Use of Wetlands, 4th Edition, Vol. 18. Gland, Switzerland: Ramsar Convention Secretariat.
Spaans, A. L. 1975. “On the Present Breeding Status of the Scarlet Ibis Eudocimus Ruber along the North-Eastern Coast of South America.” Biological Conservation 7 (4): 245–53. https://doi.org/10.1016/0006-3207(75)90041-5.
ANNEX IV
NATIONAL MANGROVE STRATEGY
ON DEVELOPING CAPACITY
Paramaribo, August 2019
2
Table of Contents
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ............................................................................................................ 3
LIST OF FIGURES ......................................................................................................................... 3
LIST OF TABLES ........................................................................................................................... 3
1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................. 4
2 DEVELOPING CAPACITY ...................................................................................................... 5
2.1 Capacity Development Approach ............................................................................... 5
2.2 Three Levels of Capacity .............................................................................................. 7
3 NMS CAPACITY DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY........................................................................ 8
4 ENGAGE STAKEHOLDERS ON CAPACITY DEVELOPMENT ................................................... 9
5 ASSESSMENT OF CAPACITY ASSETS AND NEEDS ............................................................. 12
5.1 Overall Assessment ................................................................................................... 13
5.2 Capacity Gap Analysis ................................................................................................ 14
6 FORMULATING A CAPACITY DEVELOPMENT RESPONSE ................................................. 16
6.1 Capacity Development Response with Indicators .................................................... 16
6.2 Costs Capacity Development Response .................................................................... 19
7 NEXT STEPS ...................................................................................................................... 26
REFERENCES ............................................................................................................................. 27
ANNEX 1: Detailed capacity assessment for each consulted stakeholder .............................. 28
3
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
AdeKUS Anton de Kom Universiteit van Suriname
CELOS Centre for Agriculture research in Suriname
CIS Conservation International Suriname
GHFS Green Heritage Fund Suriname
JUSPOL Ministry of Justice and Police
LVV Ministry of Agriculture, Animal Husbandry and Fisheries
MAFOSUR Mangrove Forum Suriname
MUMA Multiple Use Management Areas
NH Ministry of Natural Resources
NIMOS National Institute for Environment & Development
NCD Nature Conservation Division
NGO Non-Governmental Organizations
NMS National Mangrove Strategy
OWT&C Ministry of Public Works, Transport & Communication
RGB Ministry of Spatial Planning, Land- and Forestry Management
SBB Foundation for Forest Management and Production Control
SCF Suriname Conservation Fund
SWOTCH Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, Threats and Chances
STINASU Suriname Nature Conservation Foundation
STAATSOLIE State Oil Suriname
WWF World Wildlife Fund
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1: The UNDP capacity development process (UNDP 2008) ............................................ 5
Figure 2 Levels of capacity: a systemic approach ...................................................................... 7
Figure 3: Suriname Mangrove Ecosystems Capacity Development Strategy ............................ 8
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1: Selected stakeholders with current specific roles concerning effective mangrove
management .............................................................................................................................. 9
Table 2 Capacity gap analysis regarding effective mangrove management ........................... 14
Table 3: Capacity Development Response including Activities and Indicators ....................... 17
Table 4: Estimated costs of capacity needs ............................................................................. 20
4
1 INTRODUCTION
Estuarine ecosystems are among the most productive of the world (Snedaker 1978; Mann
1982; Mitsch 2000), as are the Surinamese mangroves. Derived from this high productivity,
commercially valuable products can be harvested from the coastal wetlands of Suriname by
man without depletion of these natural resources. The “services” provided by these
ecosystems to man, resulting in economic benefit and wellbeing, are defined as ecosystem
services or “the benefits people derive from ecosystems” (International Union for
Conservation of Nature 2015). Many Surinamese people rely on the mangrove ecosystems
for economic, as well as cultural reasons; including living area and agriculture (CELOS 2009).
Considering the national and international importance of mangrove ecosystems, including
the ecosystem services these systems provide, it is important to maintain and improve the
biological characteristics of these ecosystems in order to guarantee the provision of these
important mangrove ecosystem services. Sustainable and effective management of the
mangrove ecosystem in Suriname is therefore targeted through this project, by formulating
a National Mangrove Strategy (NMS). Participatory protected area management (also known
as collaborative management) is generally referred to a situation in which ‘some or all of the
relevant stakeholders in a protected area are involved in a substantial way in management
activities’ (Borrini-Feyerabend 1996). This is usually realized through partnerships developed
between the institution responsible for the administration of the protected area and various
other stakeholders, and can take the shape of formal or informal agreements (Borrini-
Feyerabend et al. 2004).
From the mentioned ecosystem services and the management strengths, weaknesses,
opportunities, threats and chances (SWOTCH) analysis of the Surinamese mangrove
ecosystems in the Review Coastal Management Plans document, the following can be
inferred: the diverse uses of mangroves resources in Suriname is evident, as well as the
identified threats to the mangroves. It can also be inferred that effective management can be
greatly improved through stakeholder involvement and developing capacity. As stated in the
Review Coastal Management plans and Mangrove management and monitoring strategy,
stakeholder engagement and stakeholder management are one of the most important
ingredients for successful management of protected areas management (Dovers et al. 2015),
because effective management requires a plan that is acknowledged and owned by all the
stakeholders. Ownership can be built by involving stakeholders in the formulation and
execution of effective mangrove ecosystem management, ultimately resulting in co-
management. Developing capacity is an essential part in the formation of ownership and
practice of co-management.
5
2 DEVELOPING CAPACITY
Capacity development commonly refers to the process of creating and building capacities and
their (subsequent) use, management and retention. This process is driven from the inside and
starts from existing national capacity assets. The approach for building capacity regarding the
National Mangrove Strategy is based on the UNDP Capacity Development guidelines (Capacity
Development Group Bureau for Development Policy 2008; “Capacity Development: A UNDP
Primer” n.d.). While capacity building commonly refers to a process that supports only the
initial stages of building or creating capacities, capacity development acknowledges that
there are existing capacities to start from (UNDP 2008). Since there already is a foundation of
capacity available in Suriname concerning mangrove knowledge and management, the
approach of capacity development will be used for the NMS.
Capacity development is defined by the UNDP as “the process through which individuals,
organizations and societies obtain, strengthen and maintain the capabilities to set and
achieve their own development objectives over time” (Capacity Development Group Bureau
for Development Policy 2008).
2.1 Capacity Development Approach
Following the UNDP approach, capacity
development is a process that consists of five steps
that are embedded into a programming process
(figure 1) (UNDP 2008; Capacity Development
Group Bureau for Development Policy 2008).
1. Engage stakeholders on capacity
development;
2. Assess capacity assets and needs;
3. Formulate a capacity development
response;
4. Implement the response;
5. Evaluate capacity development.
Figure 1: The UNDP capacity development process (UNDP 2008)
Within the scope of the NMS, only steps 1-3 of figure 1 are carried out in this report. These
steps are briefly explained below. The execution of these steps in context of the NMS is
further explained in chapter 3.
Step 1: Engage stakeholders on capacity development
This phase is the initiation of developing ownership. The aim is to get the relevant
stakeholders committed to the process, and personally invested in its success. Ownership is
6
best achieved when it comes about organically, rather than when it is imposed from an
outside source (UNDP 2008; Capacity Development Group Bureau for Development Policy
2008). Unless stakeholders perceive that they own the process and have contributed to
shaping it, it is unlikely that the process will sustain in the medium to long term.
Step 2: Assess capacity assets and needs
This step comprises the analysis of desired capacities against existing capacities and offers a
systematic way of gathering critical knowledge and information on capacity assets and needs.
It can help determine which capacity investments to prioritize. Its findings provide the basis
for formulating a capacity development response that addresses those capacities that could
be strengthened, or that optimizes existing capacities that are already strong and well placed.
Step 3: Formulate a capacity development response
This step consists of three phases:
a. Define a capacity development response
This is roughly an integrated set of deliberate and sequenced actions embedded in a project
to address the desired level of capacity and the relevant capacity development goal. The
findings of a capacity assessment are used as a basis.
b. Define indicators of progress for a capacity development response
Indicators are identified as part of the capacity assessment measure outcome, or the desired
change in capacity. The process of defining progress indicators supports activities throughout
the capacity development process. Specifically, it provides a strong analytical and empirical
base and thus:
• Supports policy dialogue and strategy formulation as a part of the analytical work that
precedes capacity development investments;
• Contributes to the formulation of a capacity development response;
• Enhances monitoring: by tracking process and progress over time, thus improving the
design of a capacity development response;
• Supports evaluation by tracking the change resulting from a capacity development
response; Promotes organizational learning and empowerment because it can be
used as an internal learning exercise.
c. Cost of a capacity development response
Costing a capacity development response is critical, since it encourages stakeholders to
realistically estimate the funding required for implementation. If the exercise reveals
insufficient funds for all the proposed capacity development actions, alternative solutions can
be explored.
7
2.2 Three Levels of Capacity
The UNDP capacity development guidelines (UNDP 2008) reflects the viewpoint that capacity
resides within individuals (1), as well as at the
level of organizations (2) and within the enabling
environment (3). Any effort to assess or develop
capacity necessarily needs to consider capacity
at each level, due to the inter-relatedness of
each level; otherwise it becomes skewed or
ineffective. The three levels of capacity are
mutually interactive and each level influences
the other through complex co-dependency
relationships (see figure 2). The levels are briefly
described below.
Figure 2 Levels of capacity: a systemic approach
Enabling environment
This is the broader system within which individuals and organizations function and one that
facilitates or hampers their existence and performance. This level of capacity determines the
‘rules of the game’ for interaction between and among organizations. Capacities at the level
of the enabling environment include policies, legislation, power relations and social norms,
all of which govern the mandates, priorities, modes of operation and civic engagement across
different parts of society.
Organizational
This level of capacity comprises the internal policies, arrangements, procedures and
frameworks that allow an organization to operate and deliver on its mandate, and that enable
the coming together of individual capacities to work together and achieve goals. If these exist,
are well- resourced and well-aligned, the capability of an organization to perform will be
greater than that of the sum of its parts.
Individual
The individual level refers to the skills, experience and knowledge that are vested in people.
Each person is endowed with a mix of capacities that allows them to perform, whether at
home, at work or in society at large. Some of these are acquired through formal training and
education, others through learning by doing and experience.
8
Suriname Mangrove Ecosystems Capacity
Development Strategy
3 NMS CAPACITY DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY
The overarching Suriname mangrove vision, mentioned in the Review Management report
was used to develop the Capacity Development Strategy. The schematic overview of the
Capacity Development Strategy is given in figure 3.
Figure 3: Suriname Mangrove Ecosystems Capacity Development Strategy
As stated before, steps 2 and 3 from figure 1 were carried out and reported in this document.
Step 1 is already carried out in the Stakeholder Engagement Plan. The overarching Suriname
mangrove vision mentioned in the Review Management report is:
“Improving resilience and long-term optimization of the natural productivity
of the Surinamese mangrove ecosystems to safeguard biodiversity and
healthy nature and equitable sharing of benefits”
The vision was used as a baseline to carry out step 2 and 3 from figure 1. The outcome of
these steps is used to formulate Capacity Development Objectives and Actions. The
Technology Transfer report, as well as the Review Coastal Management plans and Mangrove
Management and Monitoring strategy, Stakeholder Engagement Plan and Lobby Strategy
were used to complete the Capacity Development strategy. The executed steps 2 and 3 are
described in the next chapters.
Vision
Objectives
Actions (Capacity development response)
Implementation and Monitoring
Review
9
4 ENGAGE STAKEHOLDERS ON CAPACITY DEVELOPMENT
Stakeholders were identified using the Stakeholder Engagement plan, the organizational
analysis in the Lobbying Strategy of the NMS, the reviewed Management Plans by the Ministry
of Spatial Planning, Land and Forest Management and the National Capacity Self-Assessment
(ATM, 2009) carried out by the former Ministry of Labour, Technological Development and
Environment as a baseline. A selection of most relevant stakeholders was made for the
capacity assets and needs assessment, considering the ecosystem services and the
management SWOTCH analysis of the Surinamese mangrove ecosystems (Review Coastal
Management Plans report). The selected most relevant stakeholders were categorized as
follows:
1. Governmental Organizations
2. Semi-governmental institutions
3. Non-Governmental Organizations
4. Direct users of mangrove resources
5. Other
The current roles of the selected stakeholders regarding effective mangrove management
were identified following the co-management principle. These specific roles are shown in
table 1.
Table 1: Selected stakeholders with current specific roles concerning effective mangrove management
Stakeholder Role
Go
vern
men
t O
rgan
izat
ion
s
Cabinet of the President
(Coordination Environment)
• Responsible for coordination of Environmental Policy
• Focal point for several major multilateral
environmental agreements (UNFCCC, CBD etc.)
District Commissioner
Paramaribo North-East
• Support of government activates i.r.t mangrove
management, as part of coastal management
District Commissioner Wanica
South-East
• Support of government activates i.r.t mangrove
management, as part of coastal management
District Commissioner
Saramacca
• Support of government activates i.r.t mangrove
management, as part of coastal management
District Commissioner Coronie • Support of government activates i.r.t mangrove
management, as part of coastal management
District Commissioner Nickerie • Support of government activates i.r.t mangrove
management, as part of coastal management
District Commissioner
Commewijne
• Support of government activates i.r.t mangrove
management, as part of coastal management
District Commissioner Moengo • Support of government activates i.r.t mangrove
management, as part of coastal management
Ministry of Spatial Planning,
Land and Forest Management,
• Management of protected areas including MUMAs
and Nature reserves; Nature reserves and MUMA’s
10
Nature Conservation Division
(ROGB)
are managed by the head of the Surinamese forest
service (LBB), while the Nature Conservation Division
is entrusted with the daily management of protected
areas and wildlife management in Suriname.
• Environmental Education
• Spatial Planning, Land and Forest Management
• Promotes sustainable management of natural
resources forest, flora and fauna;
• Issuance of domainland
Ministry of Public Works,
Transport and Communications
(OWT&C)
• Policy, planning and development of general
Architectural structure, and other civil engineering
infrastructure in the public interest
• Flood control and drainage
• Technical provisions for traffic and public transport
• Spatial planning in relation to coastal protection
• Maintenance of infrastructural works including canals,
sluices and dikes
• Issuance of land property for housing (Verstrekken
verkavelingsvergunningen)
Ministry of Agriculture, Animal
Husbandry and Fisheries (LVV)
• Promote sustainable fisheries and sustainable
agricultural practices
• Focus on waste management of chemicals
• Stimulates the production in agriculture, animal
husbandry, fishing and beekeeping, including export
• Promotes effective management of national fishing
capacities and the rational exploitation of fishing
resources.
• Decline in mangrove areas will result in decline of fish
populations
Ministry of Natural Resources
(NH)
• Responsible for management of natural resources
• responsible for the issuance of permits for the
exploitation of minerals and for water management
and supply of potable water
Sem
i-G
ove
rnm
enta
l
Org
aniz
atio
ns
SBB • Forest management and specific monitoring of
mangrove forest
NIMOS • Guidance and assessment of ESIA studies for economic
activities regarding the use of natural resources
(including mangrove resources)
AdeKUS • Research in mangrove ecosystems and dissemination
of scientific information related to mangroves and
capacity building
CELOS • Research in mangrove ecosystems and capacity
building
N o n - G o v e r n m e n t a l O r g a n i z a t i o n s STINASU • Promote conservation of nature
11
MAFOSUR • Knowledge development and sharing
WWF • Financial support in mangrove related awareness
programs and capacity building
CIS • Promote effective nature -based solutions
• Awareness raising, create research opportunities by
seeking project funding
• Stakeholder engagement
• Capacity building
SCF • Financial and technical support for mangrove
protection related projects
Green Heritage Fund • Awareness Raising and capacity building
United Tour Guides Suriname • Provide tourism services in mangrove areas
Dir
ect
man
gro
ve r
eso
urc
e u
sers
Fisher folk • Supply in fish, but may also threaten the mangrove
health if unsustainable fishing is practiced or
mangroves are used unsustainably (e.g. use of poles to
attach fishnets; wood for smoking fish)
Local Tour guides • Execute eco-tours in mangrove areas and promote
tourism
Sand and shell Miners • Use of sand and shell resources from mangrove areas
for the construction sector
Property owners • Community owning and living in mangrove area.
Usually mangrove is cleared prior to land alterations
Beekeepers • Use of mangrove ecosystem resources to practice
beekeeping (honey bees are dependent on
mangroves). Decrease of mangroves will negatively
affect beekeeping as well.
Farmers • Owner of agricultural land and or farmers. Usually
mangroves are cleared prior to farming
Animal husbandry (Cattle
farming)
• Cattle farmers in mangrove areas. Usually mangroves
are cleared to farm cattle.
Hunters • Game hunting in mangrove areas
Oth
er State Oil Company (Staatsolie) • Nearshore oil prospecting and extraction activities
12
5 ASSESSMENT OF CAPACITY ASSETS AND NEEDS
The Capacity assessment was carried out following the three-step UNDP capacity assessment
framework (Capacity Development Group Bureau for Development Policy 2008). The
activities in each step aim at deepening engagement of national partners and promoting
dialogue among key stakeholders around the capacity assessment process:
1. Mobilize and design: Engaged stakeholders and a clear design are key to a successful
capacity assessment. The main questions here were 1) What are current capacities i.r.t.
effective mangrove management? and 2) What are the capacity needs i.r.t. effective
mangrove management?
2. Conduct the capacity assessment: During the capacity assessment data & information are
collected on desired and existing capacity. This data & information can be gathered by a
variety of means, including self-assessment, interviews and focus groups. Here, an
inception workshop was used to engage stakeholders and define focus groups, followed
by a questionnaire that was conducted one-on-one with the most relevant stakeholders.
Non-tangible capacity aspects were also taken into consideration in the questionnaire,
e.g. motivation.
3. Summarize and interpret results: The comparison of desired capacities against existing
capacities determines the level of effort required to bridge the gap between them and
informs the formulation of a capacity development response.
For the assessment, input was collected primarily qualitatively, because it allows for an easier
comparison of the level of capacity across core issues and functional capacities. For the
quantitative approach, a ranking scheme was developed to determine the level of desired
capacity and assess the level of existing capacity. The difference between the level of desired
and the level of existing capacity will determine the amount of effort required to bridge the
gap between them and will inform the formulation of appropriate capacity development
responses.
The following ranking was used, based on percentages, yet in line with the guidelines (UNDP
2008):
• 0-20%: No evidence of relevant capacity
• 21-40%: Anecdotal evidence of capacity
• 41-60%: Partially developed capacity
• 61-80%: Widespread, but not comprehensive, evidence of capacity
• 81-100%: Fully developed capacity
The list of stakeholders for this project was used for the assessment. The detailed capacity
assessment is given in Annex 1 for each consulted stakeholder. Through the questionnaire, a
triggered self-assessment was aimed for each organization. This is reflected in the “current
capacity” and “capacity needs” row (and shows the capacity state viewed by the stockholder
13
itself). Additional information from the inception workshop and a critical analysis of the
information provided by each stakeholder was used to add to the row “recommended
capacity needs” (this was not done by the stakeholder itself).
Some stakeholders were not responsive to the questionnaire. These were therefore excluded
from the detailed assessment below, as the questionnaire provided the main chunk of
assessment information. However, they were considered in the overall assessment
mentioned in the next paragraph. The non-responsive stakeholders were: Cabinet of the
President (Coordination Environment), Ministry of Agriculture, Animal Husbandry and
Fisheries (LVV) division Fisheries, Ministry of Natural Resources, NIMOS and SCF.
5.1 Overall Assessment
The average capacity score of the above-mentioned consulted groups is 60% (Partially
developed capacity). However, many organizations overestimated their capacity level (e.g.
dirt moving company was 100%) in relation to mangrove management, while others
underestimated it (e.g. STINASU, with 0%). When taking all consulted groups into account,
the objective capacity level was determined at 40%. Noteworthy is that the average
awareness level of the consulted stakeholders appeared to be low, which made it harder to
identify available capacity and capacity needs.
The main identified capacity aspects which were already in place during the stakeholder
consultations were:
• Aware of at least some of the role of mangroves and ecosystem services,
• Mangroves provide livelihood,
• At least some resources (equipment etc.) was present for the stakeholders to be able
to use the mangrove resources,
• Many stakeholders were willing to know more about mangroves in order to improve
their relation to mangrove resource use. They are usually motivated to be
incorporated in mangrove activities.
Some crosscutting capacity needs were the following:
• Awareness (mangrove management, co-management, carrying capacity, ecosystem
services),
• Project management (writing projects and innovative funding),
• Government funding (subsidies and others),
• Partnerships to incorporate all relevant stakeholders.
14
5.2 Capacity Gap Analysis
The main gaps identified through the stakeholder consultations are mentioned in the table
below. These were also categorized using the levels of capacity (individual, organizational,
enabling environment) (Capacity Development Group Bureau for Development Policy 2008).
Table 2 Capacity gap analysis regarding effective mangrove management
Gap
Enab
ling
en
viro
nm
en
t
Org
aniz
atio
nal
Ind
ivid
ual
Trouble with identifying capacity during the self-assessment because “you have to
realize what you already have before you can identify what you need”. Many
stakeholders were not aware of the impact of their activities on mangrove
ecosystems and therefore over- or underestimated their current capacity in
relation to mangroves. Because of this, they were not aware that certain capacities,
which they already possess, were relevant. Nor were they able to identify what
capacity they needed because they did not know what they needed. This proves
awareness to be interlinked with capacity development.
X
An issue with enforcement of existing laws and regulation concerning mangroves.
Some stakeholders did not want to participate actively in enforcement (e.g.
community-based guarding of resources) and preferred an authority to be solely
responsible for enforcement. This is evidence of the top-down approach because
there is no ownership development. Some stakeholders explicitly mentioned that
it should not be their job to help in management of the mangroves; they preferred
to focus on resource extraction alone.
X X X
In-depth knowledge about the importance of mangroves ecosystem services at all
levels. Many consider the mangroves as readily available resource which is self-
sustaining regardless of resource extraction. This view triggers overexploitation of
resources or degradation of mangrove ecological characteristics. This may also
relate to the use of less precise of less sustainable extraction equipment (e.g. fine-
meshed fishing nets which traps mainly juveniles).
X X
Though many stakeholders are aware of some mangrove services or dependent on
mangroves, they are not regularly or adequately involved in the decisionmaker or
management process. This again is evidence of the top-down approach which
currently does not support ownership development. Also, revenues that may be
derived from the mangrove services don’t flow back to all of the stakeholders in
this manner, which promotes conflict between stakeholders.
X X X
Funding for initiation and execution of mangrove activities. Most of the
stakeholders were motivated to participate in these activities but were constrained
by their budget. Innovative funding strategies are therefore preferred. This gap is
also mentioned in the Technology Transfer Report.
X X
15
Minimum synchronicity between government bodies concerning mangrove
management. The administrative authority responsible coastal management
(including mangroves) is dispersed among a number of government institutions.
Specific responsibilities, which may also be hierarchical, are sometimes not clearly
identified.
X X
Specific roles of stakeholders sometimes do not match with actual actions taken
(e.g. minimal enforcement actions), which creates a disconnect in effective
management of the mangroves.
X X
Suboptimal human resource capacity and availability of technical expertise in major
government agencies. This gap is also mentioned in the Technology Transfer
Report. Training provided to staff of government agencies is usually focused on
single technical disciplines. In this case, the overall link and involvement in effective
mangrove management is lost.
X X X
16
6 FORMULATING A CAPACITY DEVELOPMENT RESPONSE
The identified gaps in the previous paragraph, as well as the earlier discussed assessment of
capacity assets and needs was used to formulate a capacity development response. This was
also done according to the three levels of capacity. However, the individual level was ignored,
because this level can also be reached by conducting activities on organizational and enabling
environment level. The capacity development actions, concerning the goal of effective
mangrove management were compiled related to the vision presented in the Capacity
Development Strategy (figure 3). The identified objectives are:
1. To increase the awareness on both local and national level regarding the mangrove
ecosystem, its services, enforcement and about the Management Plans itself, leading to
ownership, and better understanding and recognition of the importance of mangrove
conservation and protection.
2. To enhance capacity of governmental and other relevant organizations in order to
improve sustainable management of the mangrove ecosystem in close collaboration
between the various stakeholders.
6.1 Capacity Development Response with Indicators
The capacity development activities are compiled according to the previously formulated
objectives and are in line with the effective mangrove management. This capacity
development response is compiled as a set of activities, according to the formulated
objectives and is given in table 3 below. The timeframe of these actions in relation to the
execution and finalization are defined as short term (s), medium term (m) and long term (l).
Short term actions should be implemented in the first three years of adoption of the set of
activities which is outlined in the capacity development response in table 3 below. Medium
term actions should be completed between 3-5 years after adoption of the capacity
development response, while long term actions should be completed from 5 years and on
after adoption of the capacity development response.
As mentioned in the gap analysis, many stakeholders had trouble with identifying capacity
during the self-assessment because “you have to realize what you already have before you
can identify what you need”. They over- or underestimated their current capacity in relation
to mangroves because they were not aware that certain capacities, which they already
possess, were relevant. Because capacity development is interlinked with awareness,
crosscutting awareness actions were also included in the capacity development response.
17
Table 3: Capacity Development Response including Activities and Indicators
Objective 1. To increase the awareness on both local and national level regarding the mangrove
ecosystem, its services, enforcement and about the Management Plans itself, leading to ownership,
and better understanding and recognition of the importance of mangrove conservation and
protection
Main Activity Capacity level specific activities Key indicator
Time
frame Enabling Environment Organizational
Develop integrated
awareness plan
containing specific
activities and specific
tools for execution
Awareness training
Awareness workshops
Field visits
Awareness
training Develop
mangrove related
public
merchandise
Plan developed
and implemented
S
Create ownership Keep mangrove
management transparent
and regularly publish
results of activities
executed relating to
mangroves (e.g. scientific
research, awareness
raising, educational
activities, effective
management activities)
Brainstorm
sessions
Information
sessions
People can easily
access published
material on
Surinamese
mangroves (online
and in hard copy)
L
Conduct yearly training
sessions, awareness
campaigns, seminars
and workshops
regarding co-
management and
collective use of
mangrove resources
for all relevant
stakeholders
Training sessions,
awareness campaigns,
seminars and workshops
on:
Ownership
Co-management
Mangrove ecosystem
services
Carrying capacity
Training sessions,
awareness
campaigns,
seminars and
workshops on:
Ownership
Co-management
Mangrove
ecosystem
services
Carrying capacity
Brainstorm
sessions on
mangrove use
Training, similar,
workshop and
awareness
campaign material
Brainstorm notes
S
Conduct yearly training
sessions regarding
technical and specific
mangrove
management for
stakeholders related to
Mangrove specific
courses
Training material
and certificates
Number of people
trained
L
18
technical activities
concerning mangroves
Technical reports
by organizations
on executed
technical and
specific mangrove
actions
Objective 2. To enhance capacity of governmental and other relevant organizations in order to
improve sustainable management of the mangrove ecosystem in close collaboration between the
various stakeholders
Main Activity Capacity level specific activities Key indicator
Output
Time
frame Enabling
Environment
Organizational
Conduct yearly training
sessions, awareness
campaigns, seminars and
workshops regarding co-
management and collective
use of mangrove resources
for all relevant stakeholders
Training sessions,
awareness
campaigns,
seminars and
workshops on:
Ownership
Co-management
Mangrove
ecosystem
services
Carrying capacity
Training sessions,
awareness
campaigns,
seminars and
workshops on:
Ownership
Co-management
Mangrove
ecosystem services
Carrying capacity
Brainstorm
sessions on
mangrove use
Training, similar,
workshop and
awareness
campaign material
Brainstorm notes
S
Conduct yearly training
sessions regarding technical
and specific mangrove
management for
stakeholders related to
technical activities
concerning mangroves
Mangrove specific
courses
Training material
and certificates
Number of people
trained
Technical reports
by organizations on
executed technical
and specific
mangrove actions
L
Develop innovative financial
plan to purchase equipment
as part of the identified
capacity needs (see annex 1
and subchapter 6.2)
Create innovative
financial planning
platform
Training in project
management and
financial planning
Financial planning
training material
Innovative funding
project proposals
M
19
Number of
successfully funded
project proposals
Refresher training or
courses for staff and
personnel from all relevant
stakeholders
Conduct trainings Certificates
Number of people
trained
M
Public-private partnerships
for mangrove management
Promote
collaboration and
consider bottom-
up approach
Create online
platform for public-
private
partnerships
Public-private
partnerships
present
M
6.2 Costs Capacity Development Response
The initial costs for capacity development were estimated for tangible capacity needs. The
investment in the tangible needs will overall result in the development of intangible capacity
(e.g. know-how, higher level of awareness), creation of ownership and will ultimately result
in effective mangrove management. While these are the initial costs, the successful building
of capacity will result in more accurate identification of capacity, which will therefore likely
increase costs of building capacity. As mentioned in the gap analysis, many stakeholders had
trouble with identifying capacity during the self-assessment. They over- or underestimated
their current capacity in relation to mangroves because they were not aware that certain
capacities, which they already possess, were relevant. The costs were therefore estimated
using the input of the stakeholders, as well as the realistically recommended capacity needs.
Because capacity development is interlinked with awareness, and awareness was identified
as one of the main gaps (see subchapter 5.2), the estimated initial capacity development costs
are skewed towards awareness raising (table 4). The tangible needs were underlined for each
stakeholder, derived from the detailed capacity assessment in chapter 5, and the costs
estimated for each underlined item (table 4) based on their current roles in relation to
effective management. These costs are considered to be initial costs; continuation of
mangrove management and expansion of mangrove management actions will surely cost
more. These costs can be spread over the duration of the NMS.
20
Table 4: Estimated costs of capacity needs
Stakeholder Capacity needs Estimated costs (USD)
Go
vern
men
t O
rgan
izat
ion
s
District
Commissioner
Paramaribo
North-East
• Skilled staff and personnel: people that
focus on mangrove management
• Training: i.r.t. mangrove awareness and
management
• Partnerships: with Maritime Authority,
Anton de Kom University
• Other: more effective mangrove
enforcement methods
• Funding: trough subsidies and projects with
NGO funders
Equipment: digital, to be able to conduct
awareness campaigns
2.000 (awareness training
of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
5.000 (beamer, projector,
printing and design of
awareness campaign
material)
District
Commissioner
Wanica South-
East
• Other: awareness i.r.t. mangrove benefits
• Partnerships: with other district
commissioners
• Responsibility: awareness related
• Equipment: to conduct awareness
campaigns
2.000 (awareness training
of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
5.000 (beamer, projector,
printing and design of
awareness campaign
material)
District
Commissioner
Saramacca
• Skilled staff and personnel: 2 people to
startup initiative
• Funding: for management initiative (joint
venture) from government and NGO’s
• Training: awareness related
• Partnerships: with DC Nickerie
• Equipment: to conduct awareness
campaigns
4.000 (fee for 2 persons
for 2 years)
2.000 (awareness training
of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
5.000 (beamer, projector,
printing and design of
awareness campaign
material)
District
Commissioner
Coronie
• Skilled staff and personnel: i.r.t. awareness
campaigns
• Training: i.r.t. awareness campaigns
• Partnerships: with other districts
• Other: awareness (which promotes
responsibility and motivation)
• Funding: i.r.t. mangrove projects
• Equipment: i.r.t. awareness campaigns
2.000 (fee for 1 person for
2 years)
2.000 (awareness training
of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
5.000 (beamer, projector,
printing and design of
awareness campaign
material)
District
Commissioner
Nickerie
• Funding: i.r.t. mangrove projects
(government and NGO’s)
• Skilled staff and personnel: i. r. t.
enforcement and mangrove management
• Training: awareness related
2.000 (fee for 1 person for
2 years)
2.000 (awareness training
of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
21
• Equipment: for awareness campaigns,
enforcement
• Partnerships: with other districts, with local
community i.r.t. effective mangrove
management (integration of community in
management activities)
5.000 (beamer, projector,
printing and design of
awareness campaign
material)
District
Commissioner
Commewijne
• Funding: for awareness trainings
• Training: awareness related, including
alternative agriculture, tourism guidelines,
writing business plans, project writing and
creating partnerships
• Partnerships: with Rode Kruis and others
• Equipment: for awareness campaigns
3.000 (specialized, more
in-depth awareness
training of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
5.000 (beamer, projector,
printing and design of
awareness campaign
material)
District
Commissioner
Moengo
• Funding: i.r.t. awareness campaigns
• Training: awareness, project management
• Equipment: i.r.t. awareness campaigns
2.000 (awareness training
of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
5.000 (beamer, projector,
printing and design of
awareness campaign
material)
Ministry of
Spatial Planning, Land
and Forest
Management,
Nature
Conservation
Division
(ROGB)
• Skilled staff and personnel: more staff
needed
• Funding: for equipment
• Equipment: for enforcement
• Software: for management and
enforcement
• Funding: through projects
• Training: awareness related, focusing on co-
management and stakeholder engagement
• Partnerships: with district commissioners
and organization of direct users of
mangrove resources (e.g. fisher folk
association, united tour guides etc.)
4.000 (fee for 2 persons
for 2 years)
10.000 (drones,
binoculars,
communication systems)
1.000 (protected areas
management software)
3.000 (specialized, more
in-depth awareness
training of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
Ministry of
Public Works,
Transport and
Communicatio
ns (OWT&C)
• Skilled staff and personnel: i.r.t shore and
coastal protection
• Funding: i.r.t shore and coastal protection
• Equipment: i.r.t shore and coastal
protection
• Software: i.r.t shore and coastal protection
• Training: i.r.t shore and coastal protection;
co-management best practices
• Partnerships: integrated collaboration with
ministries and stakeholders i.r.t shore and
coastal protection
4.000 (fee for 2 persons
for 2 years)
6.000 (technical
equipment)
1.000 (coastal morpho
dynamics software)
3.000 (specialized, more
in-depth awareness
training of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
22
• Continuation of current activities: urgent,
i.r.t shore and coastal protection
• Motivation: i.r.t shore and coastal
protection
• Responsibility: i.r.t shore and coastal
protection
Ministry of
Agriculture,
Animal
Husbandry and
Fisheries (LVV)
Training: co-management and awareness
• Partnerships: with other ministries
2.000 (awareness training
of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
Sem
i-G
ove
rnm
enta
l Org
aniz
atio
ns
SBB • Software: for enhanced resolution of aerial
images used as baseline
• Partnerships: with CELOS, NZCS, National
Herbarium
3.000 (GIS imaging
software)
AdeKUS • Skilled staff and personnel: for field
research
• Funding: i.r.t. field transportation
• Equipment: depending on research
• Software: state of the art mangrove
research related software
• Training: in-depth mangrove ecology
• Partnerships: with institutes within and
outside of Adek
• Continuation of current activities: subsidies,
projects
• Other: awareness raising
• Partnerships: with NGO’s, tech support
specialists (worldwide)
6.000 (fee for 2 technical
persons for 2 years)
10.000 (state of the art
technical research
equipment)
6.000 (specialized, more
in-depth technical training
of about 20 days)
No
n-G
ove
rnm
enta
l Org
aniz
atio
ns
STINASU • Training: awareness related (urgent)
• Partnerships: with ecotourism and research
related organizations
2.000 (awareness training
of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
MAFOSUR • Skilled staff and personnel: for executing
mangrove related activities
• Funding: for executing mangrove related
activities
• Equipment: for executing mangrove related
activities
• Software: for executing mangrove related
activities
• Training: for executing mangrove related
activities
• Partnerships: for executing mangrove
related activities
4.000 (fee for 2 persons
for 2 years)
7.000 (beamer, projector,
printing and design of
awareness campaign
material, booklets with
mangrove activities
progress and updates)
1.000 (natural resource
management software)
2.000 (awareness training
of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
23
• Continuation of current activities:
legislation
• Motivation: for executing mangrove related
activities
• Responsibility: for executing mangrove
related activities
• Other: legislation
• Partnerships: with research organizations,
direct users and govt. organizations
WWF • Skilled staff and personnel: more expertise
on mangroves
CIS • Funding: through innovative financial
mechanisms
• Continuation of current activities: through
innovative financial mechanisms
• Partnerships: with other mangrove
research organizations for executing
innovative financial mechanisms
(consortium)
Green Heritage
Fund
• Funding: for executing projects mainly on
marine spatial planning, which includes
mangroves
• Equipment: for executing projects mainly
on marine spatial planning, which includes
mangroves
• Software: for executing projects mainly on
marine spatial planning, which includes
mangroves
2.000 (basic mangrove
research equipment e.g.
multimeters)
3.000 (community-based
science software)
United Tour
Guides
Suriname
• Skilled staff and personnel: more and
specific training concerning mangroves
• Funding: mangrove specific excursions
• Equipment: binoculars, magnifiers
• Software: mangrove action program of
Martin Keeley (Marvellous Mangroves)
• Training: more and specific training
concerning mangroves, awareness
• Partnerships: with all relevant stakeholders
• Continuation of current activities: conduct
annual mangrove evaluation program,
initiate mangrove projects
• Responsibility: they consider it their
responsibility (to the general public) to
highlight why mangroves are important
4.000 (fee for 2 persons
for 2 years)
3.000 (binoculars,
magnifiers)
1.000 (mangrove action
program of Martin Keeley
(Marvellous Mangroves)
3.000 (specialized, more
in-depth awareness
training of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
24
Dir
ect
man
gro
ve r
eso
urc
e u
sers
Fisher folk • Funding: fisheries related, subsidies, project
funding
• Equipment: fisheries related; management
facility (controle post)
• Training: awareness and co-management,
sustainable fisheries, project planning,
innovative planning, mangrove ecosystem
services, sustainable fisheries, carrying
capacity
• Partnerships: with other fisheries
organization; collective funding and
management of lagoons
• Skilled staff and personnel: especially for
mangrove management (one person of the
fisher’s collective working on mangrove
related activities for at least once a month)
7.000 (controle post,
innovative fisheries
equipment)
3.000 (specialized, more
in-depth trainings of
about 10 days, including
trainer fee)
2.000 (fee for 1 person for
2 years)
Local Tour
guides
• Funding: for enforcement
• Continuation of current activities:
• Other: tourism guidelines
• Training: ecotourism guidelines, best
practices, awareness, ecotourism
guidelines, carrying capacity
• Partnerships: integrated mangrove
management with other tourism
organizations e.g. United tour guides
Suriname
1.000 (communication
equipment)
3.000 (specialized, more
in-depth trainings of
about 10 days, including
trainer fee)
Sand and shell
Miners
• Training: mangrove ecosystem services,
awareness
2.000 (awareness training
of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
Property
owners that
live in the
mangrove area
(not
Paramaribo
Noord)
• Skilled staff and personnel: one person of
property owner’s collective focusing on
mangrove restoration for at least once a
month)
• Funding: mangrove restoration through
climate change funds
• Partnerships: with local users of mangrove
ecosystem services
• Training: mangrove management best
practices
2.000 (fee for 1 person for
2 years)
2.000 (awareness training
of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
Beekeepers • Training: awareness, beekeeping best
practices
• Other: alternative locations for keeping
bees due to coastal erosion
• Partnerships: beekeeping i.r.t. ecotourism
2.000 (awareness training
of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
25
Farmers • Training: awareness
• Partnerships: for integrated coastal
management
2.000 (awareness training
of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
Animal
husbandry
(Cattle
farming)
• Partnerships: with local land owners and
mangrove users
• Continuation of current activities:
prevention coastal erosion
• Training: awareness
• Partnerships: for integrated coastal
management
2.000 (awareness training
of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
Hunters • Training: awareness, co-management
• Partnerships: with other mangrove users
2.000 (awareness training
of about 10 days,
including trainer fee)
Oth
er State Oil
Company
(Staatsolie)
• Impact mitigation, offsetting mangrove
areas
TOTAL ESTIMATED COSTS
(USD) 183.000
26
7 NEXT STEPS
For the successful implementation of the Capacity Development Strategy, all the steps in
figure 1 should be completed, as well as figure 3. After implementation of the capacity
development response (set of actions in subchapter 6.1), it might be necessary to readjust
the capacity development objectives, according to the evaluation results.
The following focus points are recommended for the implementation phase of the capacity
development response (set of actions):
• Incorporate bottom-up approach and practice co-management
For the building of ownership, and therefore development of capacity, it is essential that
that all stakeholders feel the need to be (and are indeed) incorporated in the management
process. They should, in practice, be equally heard concerning management ideas and
activities.
• Consider formation of an entity with lead role in day to day mangrove co-management
With the current frame of legislation and government structures, effective management
is less adaptable to changes in the enabling environment. An organization/entity
consisting of representatives of stakeholders could be the optimal bridge between the
public stakeholders, NGO’s and direct users of mangrove resources. This entity would
then manage the mangroves with a business approach (een soort Raad van
Commissarissen), while roles of all stakeholders are present and maintained. This will
allow the development of ownership and the equal sharing of benefits derived from
mangrove ecosystem services.
• Stimulation public-private partnerships
With current frame of legislation and government structures, achieving effective
management is less flexible (and more static in practice). Public-private partnerships
could make the execution of day-to-day management activities more achievable and
could also promote ownership development (e.g. outsourcing technical research
regarding ecological characteristics to research parties, in order to determine the carrying
capacity).
27
REFERENCES
Borrini-Feyerabend, G. 1996. Collaborative Management of Protected Areas: Tailoring the Approach to the Context. Gland: Social Policy Group, IUCN.
Borrini-Feyerabend, G., M. Pimbert, M.T. Farvar, A Kothari, and Y Renard. 2004. Learning by Doing in Co-Management of Natural Resources throughout the World. Cenesta, Tehran: IIED and IUCN/CEESP/ CMWG.
“Capacity Development: A UNDP Primer.” n.d. UNDP. Accessed July 20, 2019. https://www.undp.org/content/undp/en/home/librarypage/capacity-building/capacity-development-a-undp-primer.html.
Capacity Development Group Bureau for Development Policy. 2008. UNDP Capacity Assessment Methodology User’s Guide. www.capacity.undp.org.
Catholic University of Leuven. 2010. “Coastal Morphodynamics of Suriname.” 2010. https://www.kuleuven.be/hydr/SurinameCoast/SurinameCoast_v2010_3.htm.
CELOS. 2009. “The Bigi Pan MUMA.” Paramaribo, Suriname: CELOS. Dovers, Stephen, Suzanne A. Feary, Amanda Martin, Linda McMillan, Debra Morgan, and
Michael Tollefson. 2015. “Engagement and Participation in Protected Area Management: Who, Why, How and When?” In . ANU Press. https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/handle/1885/153961.
Erftemeijer, Paul, and Pieter Teunissen. 2009. “ICZM Plan Suriname-Mangrove Report: Analysis of Problems and Solutions for the Management of Mangrove Forests along Suriname’s ‘Wild Coast.’” http://www.academia.edu/2169366/ICZM_Plan_Suriname-Mangrove_Report.
International Union for Conservation of Nature. 2015. “Ecosystem Services.” IUCN. November 19, 2015. https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/cems-thematic-groups/ecosystem-services.
Mann, Kenneth Henry. 1982. Ecology of Coastal Waters: A Systems Approach. University of California Press.
Ministry of Labour, Technological Development and Environment. 2009. Suriname National Capacity Self‐Assessment Report. Paramaribo, Suriname: Leo Victor.
Mitsch. 2000. Wetlands. Wiley, Hardcover. Snedaker, S. C. 1978. “Mangroves: Their Value and Perpetuation.” Nature and Resources.
http://agris.fao.org/agris-search/search.do?recordID=US201301385284. Spaans, Arie L. 2003. Coastal Birds of Suriname - Kustvogels Van Suriname. Paramaribo,
Suriname: Foundation for Nature in Suriname. UNDP. 2008. UNDP Practice Note: Capacity Development. www.capacity.undp.org.
28
ANNEX 1: Detailed capacity assessment for each consulted stakeholder
Institution/Organization District commissioner Paramaribo North-East
Current affiliation with
mangroves
Support awareness concerning mangroves towards the community
and institutions
Capacity self-assessment score 10%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel: some staff are aware of the benefits
of mangroves
• Motivation: some staff are aware of the benefits of mangroves
• Responsibility: some staff are aware of the benefits of mangroves
• Other: No specific department concerning mangroves, while
there is a need to make the community aware of the benefits of
mangroves
• Skilled staff and personnel: people that focus on mangrove
management
• Training: i.r.t. mangrove awareness and management
• Partnerships: with Maritime Authority, Anton de Kom University
• Other: more effective mangrove enforcement methods
Additional recommended
capacity needs
• Funding: trough subsidies and projects with NGO funders
• Equipment: digital, to be able to conduct awareness campaigns
Institution/Organization District Commissioner Wanica South-East
Current affiliation with mangroves None
Capacity self-assessment score 0%
Current capacity Not aware of the roles and benefits of mangroves
Capacity needs • Other: awareness i.r.t. mangrove benefits
Recommended capacity needs • Training: awareness related
• Partnerships: with other district commissioners
• Responsibility: awareness related
Institution/Organization District commissioner Saramacca
Current affiliation with
mangroves
Aware that mangroves are used by fisherfolk and that there is a trade in
mangrove poles
Capacity self-assessment
score
50%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel: aware that mangroves are used
• Motivation: project written (see below)
• Other: initiated a joint venture (written project) to execute
mangrove management together with DC Nickerie, but not
implemented yet.
Capacity needs • Skilled staff and personnel: 4 people to startup initiative
• Funding: for management initiative (joint venture) from
government and NGO’s
29
• Training: awareness related
• Partnerships: with DC Nickerie
Recommended capacity
needs
• Equipment: to conduct awareness campaigns
Institution/Organization District Commissioner Coronie
Current affiliation with
mangroves
Coastal protection (i.r.t. coastal erosion)
Capacity self-assessment score 10%
Current capacity • Other: aware that mangroves have benefits
Capacity needs • Skilled staff and personnel: i.r.t. awareness campaigns
• Training: i.r.t. awareness campaigns
• Partnerships: with other districts
• Other: awareness (which promotes responsibility and
motivation)
Recommended capacity needs • Funding: i.r.t. mangrove projects
• Equipment: i.r.t. awareness campaigns
• Training: awareness related
Institution/Organization District Commissioner Nickerie
Current affiliation with
mangroves
Enforced a prohibition to cut mangrove trees
Capacity self-assessment
score
65%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel: most people are aware of the benefits
of mangroves
• Motivation: enforced a prohibition to chop down mangrove trees
• Responsibility: enforced a prohibition to chop down mangrove
trees
• Other: aware, so enforced a prohibition to chop down mangrove
trees
Capacity needs • Funding: i.r.t. mangrove projects (government and NGO’s)
• Skilled staff and personnel: i. r. t. enforcement
• Training: awareness related
• Partnerships: with other districts
Recommended capacity
needs
• Skilled staff and personnel: people specifically related to mangrove
management
• Funding: for mangrove projects
• Equipment: for awareness campaigns, enforcement
• Training: awareness related
• Partnerships: with local community i.r.t. effective mangrove
management (integration of community in management activities)
30
Institution/Organization District Commissioner Commewijne
Current affiliation with
mangroves
Aware of link with agriculture (land), fisheries (nursery function),
tourism, coastal erosion. Looking for alternative agriculture property
(due to coastal erosion)
Capacity self-assessment
score
65%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel: aware of mangrove links and benefits
• Motivation: looking for alternatives due to coastal erosion
• Responsibility: aware of mangrove links and benefits and looking for
alternatives due to coastal erosion as a response
Capacity needs • Skilled staff and personnel:
• Funding: for awareness trainings
• Training: awareness related, including alternative agriculture,
tourism guidelines, writing business plans, project writing and
creating partnerships
• Partnerships: with Rode Kruis and others
Recommended capacity
needs
• Equipment: for awareness campaigns
Institution/Organization District commissioner Moengo
Current affiliation with mangroves None
Capacity self-assessment score 0%
Current capacity Not aware of role in relation to mangrove management
Capacity needs • Funding: i.r.t. awareness campaigns
• Training: awareness, project management
• Other: raise awareness
Recommended capacity needs • Equipment: i.r.t. awareness campaigns
Institution/Organization Ministry of Spatial Planning, Land and Forest Management, Nature
Conservation Division (ROGB), Dienst s’Lands Bosbeheer
Current affiliation with
mangroves
Ministry of RGB/LBB is the main manager of the MUMA’s, which contain
the majority of the Surinamese mangroves.
Capacity self-assessment
score
50%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel: some
• Funding: for enforcement equipment
• Equipment: some, for enforcement
• Responsibility: aware of their management role i.r.t. mangroves
Capacity needs • Skilled staff and personnel: more staff needed
• Funding: for equipment
• Equipment: for enforcement
• Software: for management and enforcement
Recommended capacity
needs
• Funding: through projects
31
• Training: awareness related, focusing on co-management and
stakeholder engagement
• Partnerships: with district commissioners and organization of direct
users of mangrove resources (e.g. fisherfolk association, united tour
guides etc.)
Institution/Organization Ministry of Public Works, Transport and Communications (OWT&C)
Current affiliation with
mangroves
Shore and coastal protection
Capacity self-assessment
score
30%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel: some
• Funding: some
• Equipment: some
• Partnerships: some
• Motivation:
• Responsibility: Shore and coastal protection
• Other: aware of mangroves i.r.t shore and coastal protection
Capacity needs • Skilled staff and personnel: i.r.t shore and coastal protection
• Funding: i.r.t shore and coastal protection
• Equipment: i.r.t shore and coastal protection
• Software: i.r.t shore and coastal protection
• Training: i.r.t shore and coastal protection
• Partnerships: integrated collaboration with ministries and
stakeholders i.r.t shore and coastal protection
• Continuation of current activities: urgent, i.r.t shore and coastal
protection
• Motivation: i.r.t shore and coastal protection
• Responsibility: i.r.t shore and coastal protection
Recommended capacity needs • Training: co-management best practices
Institution/Organization Ministry of Agriculture, Animal Husbandry and Fisheries (LVV)
division Agriculture
Current affiliation with
mangroves
Aware of the coastal protection function of the mangroves
Capacity self-assessment score 10%
Current capacity None mentioned
Capacity needs None mentioned
Recommended capacity needs • Training: co-management and awareness
• Partnerships: with other ministries
Institution/Organization Stichting Bosbeheer en Bostoezicht (SBB)
32
Current affiliation with
mangroves
Implementation mangrove forest cover project
Capacity self-assessment score 100%
Current capacity • Equipment: available to carry out project activities.
• Motivation: Implementation mangrove forest cover project
• Responsibility: Implementation mangrove forest cover project
• Other: staff and personnel aware of mangrove benefits
Capacity needs • Software: for enhanced resolution of aerial images used as
baseline
• Partnerships: with CELOS, NZCS, National Herbarium,
Recommended capacity needs • Skilled staff and personnel:
• Funding: for continuation activities (as these are project
funded)
• Training: to guarantee continuation of activities
Institution/Organization Anton de Kom University of Suriname
Current affiliation with
mangroves
Mangrove related graduate projects (by Environmental Sciences,
Agricultural Sciences, Built Environment, IGSR). Lectorate relating
mangroves (Prof. Naipal)
Capacity self-assessment
score
75%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel: various
• Equipment: some present for mangrove research
• Software: some
• Training: Lectorate relating to mangrove management
• Partnerships: with NGO’s and foreign universities regarding
mangrove management
• Other: National and International students are incorporated in
mangrove research.
Capacity needs • Skilled staff and personnel: for field research
• Funding: i.r.t. field transportation
• Equipment: depending on research
• Software: state of the art mangrove research related software
• Training: in-depth mangrove ecology
• Partnerships: with institutes within and outside of Adek
• Continuation of current activities: subsidies, projects
• Other: awareness raising
Recommended capacity
needs
• Partnerships: with NGO’s, tech support specialists (worldwide)
Institution/Organization STINASU
33
Current affiliation with mangroves None
Capacity self-assessment score 0%
Current capacity None mentioned
Capacity needs None mentioned
Recommended capacity needs • Training: awareness related (urgent)
• Partnerships: with ecotourism and research related
organizations
Institution/Organization MAFOSUR
Current affiliation with
mangroves
Stakeholder engagement concerning mangrove related activities
Capacity self-assessment score 33%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel: some
• Continuation of current activities:
• Motivation: execution mangrove activities
• Responsibility: execution mangrove activities
Capacity needs • Skilled staff and personnel: for executing mangrove related
activities
• Funding: for executing mangrove related activities
• Equipment: for executing mangrove related activities
• Software: for executing mangrove related activities
• Training: for executing mangrove related activities
• Partnerships: for executing mangrove related activities
• Continuation of current activities: legislation
• Motivation: for executing mangrove related activities
• Responsibility: for executing mangrove related activities
• Other: legislation
Recommended capacity needs • Partnerships: with research organizations, direct users and govt
organizations
Institution/Organization WWF
Current affiliation with mangroves Mangrove projects
Capacity self-assessment score 70%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel: some
• Funding: available
• Training: available
• Partnerships: e.g. with Green Heritage Fund
• Continuation of current activities:
Capacity needs • Skilled staff and personnel: more expertise on mangroves
Recommended capacity needs None
Institution/Organization Conservation International Suriname
34
Current affiliation with
mangroves
Nature-based solution project: STUs
Research Project: NBS Mangrove project
Capacity self-assessment
score
75%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel: present
• Funding: present
• Equipment: present
• Software: present
• Training: present
• Partnerships: present
• Continuation of current activities: not always
• Motivation: present
• Responsibility: present
Capacity needs • Funding: through innovative financial mechanisms
• Continuation of current activities: through innovative financial
mechanisms
Recommended capacity
needs
• Partnerships: with other mangrove research organizations for
executing innovative financial mechanisms (consortium)
Institution/Organization Green Heritage Fund
Current affiliation with mangroves Mangrove projects, including marine spatial planning
Capacity self-assessment score 60%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel: some, also foreign experts
• Funding: some
• Equipment: some
• Training: also i.r.t awareness
• Partnerships: with WWF
• Motivation: importance of mangroves
Capacity needs • Funding: for executing projects
• Equipment: for executing projects
• Software: for executing projects
Recommended capacity needs None
Institution/Organization United tour guides Suriname
Current affiliation with
mangroves
Ecotourism: Training of mangrove rangers in Coronie concerning
tourism, tour guiding and ecotourism development with mangroves as
most important asset
Capacity self-assessment
score
30%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel: some
• Training: some
• Partnerships: some
• Motivation: importance of mangroves for tourism
35
• Responsibility: importance of mangroves for tourism
• Other: initiation of awareness events and training i.r.t. mangroves
Capacity needs • Skilled staff and personnel: more and specific training concerning
mangroves
• Funding: mangrove specific excursions
• Equipment: binoculars, magnifiers
• Software: mangrove action program of Martin Keeley (Marvelous
Mangroves)
• Training: more and specific training concerning mangroves,
awareness
• Partnerships: with all relevant stakeholders
• Continuation of current activities: conduct annual mangrove
evaluation program, initiate mangrove projects
• Responsibility: why mangroves?
Recommended capacity
needs
None
Institution/Organization Fisher folk Saramacca
Current affiliation with mangroves fisheries
Capacity self-assessment score 0%
Current capacity None mentioned
Capacity needs None mentioned
Recommended capacity needs • Training: awareness, co-management
• Responsibility: The fishermen say that management
needs to be done by others, not including fishermen.
Institution/Organization Fisher folk Coronie
Current affiliation with mangroves fisheries
Capacity self-assessment score 10%
Current capacity • Motivation: aware of link with mangroves
• Responsibility: aware of link with mangroves
Capacity needs • Funding: fisheries related, subsidies, project funding
• Equipment: fisheries related
• Training: project planning, innovative planning
Recommended capacity needs • Training: awareness and co-management, sustainable
fisheries
• Partnerships: with other fisheries related organizations
Institution/Organization Fisher folk Nickerie
Current affiliation with mangroves Fisheries, mangrove management (artisanal managing of
lagoon water level)
Capacity self-assessment score 10%
Current capacity • Equipment: some
• Motivation: artisanal managing of lagoon water level
36
• Responsibility: artisanal managing of lagoon water level
Capacity needs • Skilled staff and personnel: especially for mangrove
management
• Equipment: management facility (controle post)
• Training: carrying capacity, co-management, awareness
• Partnerships: collective funding and management of
lagoons
Recommended capacity needs • Training: sustainable fisheries
• Partnerships: with other fisheries organizations
Institution/Organization Fisher folk Commewijne
Current affiliation with mangroves fisheries
Capacity self-assessment score 30%
Current capacity • Motivation: aware that mangroves are important
Capacity needs • Training: awareness, mangrove ecosystem services
Recommended capacity needs • Training: sustainable fisheries
• Partnerships: with other fisheries organizations
Institution/Organization Local Tour guides Commewijne
Current affiliation with mangroves Occasional tours in mangroves
Capacity self-assessment score 10%
Current capacity • Motivation: eco-tourism in mangrove areas
Capacity needs None mentioned
Recommended capacity needs • Training: awareness, ecotourism guidelines, carrying
capacity
• Partnerships: with other tourism organizations e.g. United
tour guides Suriname
Institution/Organization Local Tour operator Nickerie
Current affiliation with mangroves Ecotourism in mangrove areas
Capacity self-assessment score 100%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel: aware of mangrove ecosystem
services
• Partnerships: with fishermen i.r.t. lagoon water level
management
• Continuation of current activities:
• Motivation: aware of mangrove ecosystem services
• Responsibility: with fishermen i.r.t. lagoon water level
management
Capacity needs • Funding: for enforcement
• Partnerships: mangrove management
• Continuation of current activities:
• Other: tourism guidelines
37
Recommended capacity needs • Training: ecotourism guidelines, best practices
• Partnerships: integrated mangrove management
Institution/Organization Sand and shell miners: Earth moving employees
Commewijne
Current affiliation with mangroves Clearing mangroves for road construction and real estate
plans
Capacity self-assessment score 100%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel: necessary to clear mangroves
otherwise the area is impenetrable; roads are also
necessary
• Equipment: for mangrove clearing
• Responsibility: clearing and pruning mangroves
Capacity needs None mentioned
Recommended capacity needs • Training: mangrove ecosystem services, awareness
Institution/Organization Property owner Commewijne
Current affiliation with mangroves Coastal erosion
Capacity self-assessment score 50%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel: some
• Partnerships: collaboration with other locals
• Continuation of current activities:
• Motivation: participated in mangrove restoration
• Responsibility: aware that managing mangroves is a
collective effort
Capacity needs • Skilled staff and personnel: mangrove restoration
• Funding: mangrove restoration through climate change
funds
• Partnerships: with local users of mangrove ecosystem
services
Recommended capacity needs • Training: mangrove management best practices
Institution/Organization Beekeepers Coronie
Current affiliation with mangroves Bees are dependent on mangroves
Capacity self-assessment score 10%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel:
• Partnerships: with LVV
• Continuation of current activities:
• Responsibility: mangrove management important
because bees are dependent on mangroves
Capacity needs • Training: awareness, beekeeping best practices
• Responsibility:
38
• Other: alternative locations for keeping bees due to
coastal erosion
Recommended capacity needs • Partnerships: beekeeping i.r.t. ecotourism
Institution/Organization Cattle farmer and agriculturists Wanica Noord
Current affiliation with mangroves Land owner in mangrove area
Capacity self-assessment score 0%
Current capacity • Motivation: aware of roles of mangroves
Capacity needs • Partnerships: with local land owners and mangrove users
• Continuation of current activities: prevention coastal
erosion
Recommended capacity needs • Training: awareness
• Partnerships: for integrated coastal management
Institution/Organization Hunters North Paramaribo
Current affiliation with mangroves Hunting species that occur in coasts and mangroves (deer,
capybara)
Capacity self-assessment score 10%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel: hunting skills
Capacity needs None mentioned
Recommended capacity needs • Training: awareness, co-management
• Partnerships: with other mangrove users
Institution/Organization State Oil Company (Staatsolie)
Current affiliation with mangroves Nearshore oil exploration and exploitation (in mangrove
areas)
Capacity self-assessment score 80%
Current capacity • Skilled staff and personnel: present
• Funding: present
• Equipment: present
• Software: present
• Training: present
• Partnerships: present
• Continuation of current activities: present
• Responsibility: Corporate Social Responsibility,
conducting ESIA’s. environmental management plans
Capacity needs None mentioned
Recommended capacity needs • Other: Impact mitigation, offsetting mangrove areas
ANNEX V
NMS
LOBBYING STRATEGY
Paramaribo, August 2019
2
Table of Contents
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ............................................................................................................... 3
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ............................................................................................................ 4
LIST OF FIGURES ......................................................................................................................... 4
LIST OF TABLES ........................................................................................................................... 4
1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................. 5
2 GOAL AND OBJECTIVE ........................................................................................................ 6
3 LOBBYING STRATEGY .......................................................................................................... 7
4 PROCESS OF THE LOBBYING STRATEGY ............................................................................ 10
5 ACTIONS OF THE LOBBYING STRATEGY ............................................................................ 11
5.1 Analyze the Problem ................................................................................................. 11
5.2 Define Objective(s) .................................................................................................... 11
5.3 Power Map ................................................................................................................ 11
5.4 Identify Opportunities to Influence the Issue ........................................................... 14
5.5 Lobbying Plan ............................................................................................................ 14
5.5.1 Methods or Techniques ................................................................................................ 15
5.5.2 Activities, Manpower, Time and Budget ....................................................................... 25
5.5.3 Performance Indicators and Risk Analyses ................................................................... 25
5.5.4 Evaluation Plan .............................................................................................................. 25
5.6 Media Plan ................................................................................................................. 26
5.7 Choose Timing ........................................................................................................... 26
6 YOUR ORGANIZATION OR TEAM ...................................................................................... 27
6.1 Compose Team .......................................................................................................... 27
6.2 Prepare Team Meeting ............................................................................................. 28
7 IMPLEMENTATION OF THE DIFFERENT PLANS ................................................................. 29
REFERENCES ............................................................................................................................. 30
3
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Mangroves play an important role in safeguarding the sustainability of many processes,
especially along the coast of Suriname, such as coastal protection, ecotourism, agriculture,
water purification, and CO2 storage and nursery for shrimps and fishes within the mangrove
ecosystem. Unfortunately, there is still a lack of awareness and sufficient support from
institutions and policy- makers responsible for support, implementation, management and
monitoring of mangrove ecosystems. Furthermore, national laws and regulations regarding
sustainable management of the mangrove ecosystem (SMME) in Suriname need to be
updated/adjusted.
The goal of the NMS lobbying strategy describes how to ensure broad support from policy-
makers and how to create awareness about SMME and the NMS.
This NMS lobbying strategy includes:
• the process, tools and actions of the lobbying strategy and the lobby plan;
• the analysis of stakeholders (organization analysis; analysis by policy-makers and political
figures);
• the mechanism to get the stakeholders involved;
• analysis of communication with stakeholders; and
• tools for the lobbying organization or team.
After the execution of this lobbying plan, we hope that policy-makers and political figures can
indeed be encouraged to find out more about SMME and that their contribution to policy,
legislation and regulations will increase.
This lobbying strategy is part of the “National Mangrove Strategy NMS” within the Global
Climate Change Alliance (GCCA+) Suriname Adaptation project. It must therefore be read as
part of the NMS project and implemented as part of the NMS project.
4
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ACT Amazon Conservation Team
CARICOM Caribbean Community
CI Conservation International
DNA The National Assembly
IMF International Monetary Fund
NMS National Mangrove Strategy
NGO Non-governmental organization
SCF Suriname Conservation Foundation
SMART Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Results-focused and Time-bound
SMME Sustainable Management of the Mangrove Ecosystem
SWOT Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Threats
WWF World Wildlife Fund
UN United Nations
e.g. for example
etc. et cetera
LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1: Standard process for policy change …………………………………………………………. 5
Figure 2: Schematic representation of the organization …………………………………………. 8
Figure 3: Schematic representation of the development of the lobbying strategy…… 9
LIST OF TABLES Table 1: List of potential policy-makers and political figures in Suriname ……………….. 6
Table 2: Types of power ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 10
Table 3: Organizational analysis ………………………………………………………………………………. 11
Table 4: Typical stages during the lobbying process ………………………………………………… 14
Table 5: Mechanisms for participation ……………………………………………………………………. 16
Table 6: Analysis of primary and secondary stakeholders …………………………………………17
Table 7: Communication targeted at different stakeholders ……………………………………. 20
Table 8: Team role, responsibilities and characteristics …………………………………………… 25
5
1 INTRODUCTION
Lobbying is an activity which consists of directly or indirectly influencing any action or decision
(“policy change”). (ICCO, 2010; Gelak, 2008; Farnel, 1994). Therefore, one needs to
understand the policy-making process. The traditional view is that policy change is a linear,
logical process. It starts with a problem or issue, followed by a lobbyist who does some
research on the issue and gathers field experience. He presents his findings to the policy-
makers, accepts their recommendations, upon which policy-makers and political figures
accept the findings, and finally a positive policy change is realized. If the policy-makers reject
the findings, one has to adjust the findings and recommendations, and start all over again.
This process is schematically shown in Figure 1.
Figure 1: Standard process for policy change
Successful lobbying requires the development of strategic plans. In the next chapters, the
process of the National Mangrove Strategy (NMS) lobbying strategy, the stakeholders, and
different lobbying techniques that can be used will be proposed. Some actions are also
illustrated by figures, tables or a list of questions or points. Some hints about the organization
that is going to execute the NMS lobbying strategy are also suggested. Finally, a lobbying plan,
an evaluation and monitoring plan, and a media plan will also be discussed.
Problem issueResearch on
issue
Findings and recommen-
dations
Policymakers accept
findings
Positive policy change
6
2 GOAL AND OBJECTIVE
The goal of the NMS lobbying strategy describes how to ensure broad support from policy-
makers and follow-up after the NMS strategy has been developed.
The objectives of this NMS lobbying strategy are increasing awareness among and support
from policy-makers and other political figures in Suriname about sustainable management of
the mangrove ecosystem (SMME).
The preconditions for this strategy are:
• Policy-makers and political figures should be willing to gain knowledge of SMME and
should also contribute to SMME;
• There should be a gender balance among the policy-makers and political figures
participating;
• Policy-makers and political figures should be willing to transfer knowledge of SMME to
their colleagues.
7
3 LOBBYING STRATEGY
In the last few years, more efforts have been made to make policy-makers and political figures
aware of the importance of nature and environment in Suriname, and also on the topic of
mangrove management strategies. The NMS strategy is a policy document. It is therefore
important that we primarily keep the policy-makers (government) involved with regard to
mangrove management strategies, as mangrove forests may for always play a very important
role in Suriname, e.g. for social and economic reasons. A second group that should be involved
are the members of the Parliament and political parties. Table 1 shows a list of potential
policy-makers and political figures in Suriname. The last column indicates which policy-makers
and political figures could be involved in the NMS lobbying strategy. E.g. the Ministry of
Finance might be important in the case of financial agreements or international donor
support; the Minister of Justice and Police plays an important role in checking legislation. An
analysis of these stakeholders regarding their role and their influence is very important and
this will be presented in Chapter 5.
Table 1: List of potential policy-makers and political figures in Suriname
Category Function Consultation (X = yes)
Executive power President X
Vice President
State Council X
Special commissions:
Coordination Environment Cabinet of the President of
the Republic of Suriname
X
Council of Ministries/Directors of Ministries and Policy
Advisors of Ministries:
Minister of Foreign Affairs
Minister of Natural Resources
Minister of Sport and Youth Affairs
Minister of Trade, Industry and Tourism
Minister of Defense
Minister of Education, Science and Culture
Minister of Public Works
Minister of Home Affairs
Minister of Public Health
Minister of Social Affairs and Housing
Minister of Finance
Minister of Regional Development
Minister of Agriculture, Animal Husbandry and Fisheries
Minister of Justice and Police
Minister of Labour
Minister of Spatial Planning, Land- and Forestry
Management
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
District commissioners (only coastal districts)
District councils (only coastal districts)
X
X
8
District administrations (only coastal districts)
Resort councils (only coastal districts)
Administrative services (only coastal districts)
X
X
X
Judicial power
Legislature Chair and vice chair of the National Assembly (DNA)
DNA Committee on the Environment and Climate
Group leaders of political parties in DNA
Members of the National assembly (DNA)
X
X
X
X
Political parties
(in office)
Nationale Democratische Partij
Alternatieve Combinatie
Partij voor Democratie en Ontwikkeling in Eenheid
Progressieve Arbeiders en Landbouw Unie
Pertjajah Luhur
Broederschap en Eenheid in de Politiek
Vooruitstrevende Hervormings Partij
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
It is suggested to start to involve the following potential policy-makers and politicians now via
the NMS strategy workshops:
a. the Minister of Spatial Planning, Land and Forestry Management,
b. the Minister of Trade, Industry and Tourism,
c. the Minister of Agriculture, Animal Husbandry and Fisheries,
d. the Ministry of Finance,
e. the chairperson of the National Assembly (DNA),
f. the Committee on Environment and Climate Change of DNA, and
g. all group leaders of political parties.
To increase awareness among these stakeholders and ensure broad support for the NMS
strategy, an analysis of the primary and secondary stakeholders was done, and also a
communication method to target these stakeholders was determined. These are presented
in Chapter 5. It is also suggested that basic public relation materials (e.g. SMME leaflets) are
developed about sustainable management of the mangrove ecosystem (SMME) and shared
with the policy-makers in order to increase awareness and support, now and after the NMS
strategy has been developed. It is perhaps also an option to involve current members of the
government in the above-mentioned PR materials.
Raising awareness via ongoing exhibitions and conferences is also an option to keep policy-
makers informed. In addition, invitations of mangrove related workshops should be sent to
the relevant stakeholders.
Another suggestion is to use media attention until the NMS strategy has been finalized. A
special event during the year, for example the 26th of July, the International Day for the
Conservation of the Mangrove Ecosystem (UNESCO), can be used to draw the attention of
policy-makers to the issue of mangrove conservation. Other events during the year that can
also be used are e.g. “de Avondvierdaagse (AVD)” [National Four-Evening March], the
International Day for Biological Diversity (May 22), and other relevant environmental dates
9
(Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_environmental_dates). Chapter 5
describes more tools to make the policy-makers more aware and get more support for the
SMME, but also some tools to continue to keep policy-makers involved in SMME.
To implement the NMS lobbying strategy in Suriname, it is proposed to hire a lobbying firm
or organization, or perhaps an environmental lobbyist. A firm, consisting of 2 to 3 persons,
would be better than one lobbyist; in this case the continuity of the executing of the lobby
plan will be guaranteed. Figure 2 shows the steps for the organization or firm that is going to
prepare and execute the NMS lobbying strategy. The organization should first make its own
capacity analysis, and should discuss the roles and tasks of team members etc. The right team
should than be composed for the implementation of the NMS lobbying strategy. The firm
should train and prepare themselves, and will have to prepare and execute all the processes
of the lobbying strategy (Figure 3).
Figure 2: Schematic for the organization (after Training kit, 2015)
Team members or the lobbyist should at least have a bachelor’s degree in public relations,
political science, journalism, communications, economics, or a related field. In general, the
firm or lobbyist shall be responsible for:
a. conducting research and analyses,
b. building coalitions,
c. developing lobbying strategies,
d. meeting with policy-makers, politicians, and legislators,
e. attending committee hearings,
f. negotiating with others, administration, etc.
g. writing publicity and campaign materials to put pressure on the public.
The required skills and qualifications of the experts of the firm or lobbyist are (IOB, 2007):
a. political strategy,
b. public speaking,
c. communication skills,
d. networking skills,
e. negotiation skills,
f. research skills,
g. analytical thinking,
h. experience in lobbying,
i. being able to systematically prepare for meetings.
Analyse organization/firm or
teamCompose team Prepare team meeting
Execute lobbying strategy
10
4 PROCESS OF THE LOBBYING STRATEGY
A lobbying strategy consists of different steps. Each step is a separate process (Kramer, 2008;
O’Mahony, 2006; Training kit, 2015). Figure 2 shows the lobbying strategy proposed for the
NMS. Before the lobbying strategy can really start, the issues (problems) and the objectives
should be clear.
An overview should be made of the relevant policy-makers and political figures, and their
importance. The current status should also be worked out: are there already initiatives going
on in this field with in the ministries or are there any upcoming events about mangrove
management? Subsequently, a lobbying plan can be composed. The development of an
evaluation plan and a media plan can be considered. One should also look at the time to start
with the implementation of the lobbying plan, e.g. before or after an election year.
Figure 3: Schematic overview of the development of the lobbying strategy (after Training kit, 2015)
Analyse the problem (e.g. problem tree)
Define objectivesDevelop a power
map
Identify opportunities to
influence the policy
Make a lobbying plan
Make an evaluation plan
Make a media planChose timingImplementation
plans
11
5 ACTIONS OF THE LOBBYING STRATEGY
The following actions are proposed for the implementation of the NMS lobbying strategy for
policy-makers and other political figures.
5.1 Analyze the Problem
The lobbying team or firm first has to start with doing research on NMS topics relevant for
policy-makers and political figures. They have to carry out basic research to build their own
understanding of mangrove issues and SMME. They also have to define first what is possible
and what is achievable. In addition, they have to determine the level of knowledge and
awareness of mangrove management among the politicians. If the level is low, the team will
first have to educate them via e.g. public relation materials or a workshop. The lobbying team
or firm should understand the problems, issues and solutions about mangrove management
in Suriname. Prepare a policy scan (e.g. existing policies, gaps) and prepare a needs
assessment (e.g. a problem and solution tree). Issues should be addressed in the following
way (AIPP, 2013; Training kit, 2015; Krsmanović, 2013):
a. define the problems,
b. define the causes, and
c. define the effects.
5.2 Define Objective(s)
After insight is gained in the problems and issues about mangrove management, the lobbying
team or firm should continue to define SMART goal(s), SMART objective(s), and priorities for
the issues (high, medium, low). The lobbying objective is very important and is determined by
what you want to change, for whom, who will make the change, by how much and by when
(AIPP, 2013; Training kit, 2015; Krsmanović, 2013). This means that different policy-makers or
politicians can have different objectives to target. The lobbying team will have to differentiate
therein.
5.3 Power Map
Another important step is to analyze the relation between the different stakeholders. The
lobbying team or firm will have to identify which policy-makers and other political figures in
Suriname have influence on the NMS and which persons are decision-makers, the so-called
target groups. Table 1 shows a list of potential policy-makers and political figures in Suriname
related to NMS. Based on that list, available resources and available time, choices can be
made with regard to whom is going to be selected and targeted.
12
There are also different types of power (Table 2) (Training kit, 2015). Once the types of the
power are clear, one can explore and identify who has formal power over an issue, who has
informal power, and who can influence those with power, e.g. a director of a ministry shall
decide whether a mangrove project should get permission to start or not. For example, an
organization can help to mobilize people. At the end, a power map can be composed by the
lobbying team or firm (Figure 3).
Table 2: Types of power (Training kit, 2015)
Power Characteristics Power Characteristics
Economic Money or assets Institutional / reputation People respect or fear
the
Institution
Authority
Official position to make
decisions
Information / knowledge Understanding,
information and
expertise
Coercion / force Fear if you do not respond Spiritual / identity Relationship with God
Privilege / connections Who you know Cultural / traditional Belief system and
behavior
Legitimacy Recognized as a valid voice by
others
Service / compassion Desire to help others
Organization /
Networking
Organized to play to their
strengths
Resource Having something that
someone wants
Target groups can be individuals, groups or institutions (AIPP, 2013; Training kit, 2015;
Krsmanović, 2013). The main groups are:
a. Primarily targets: those that have the power to make the change, e.g. ministers;
b. Secondary targets: those that can influence the primary target or can put pressure on the
primary target, e.g. family members, business leaders, prayer houses, the society, the
media.
Prioritize the target group for each primary and secondary target and in relation to the power
type. Involve both coalition and opposition figures. In case elections are nearby, also involve
candidates. Determine whether they are a friend, neutral, or opponent in relation to your
lobbying objective. Make an analysis of their position, interest/motivation and perception of
the NMS. Also, look whether there are any targets that might undermine your activities.
Develop a process for ongoing feedback and input from the target group to ensure their active
involvement in the process. Also, analyze who is already working on this issue. Prioritize which
allies will be most important and deserve most attention. In addition, try to identify your
opponents. Who might oppose your ideas? What arguments will they use? How will you argue
against their ideas? Table 3 shows an organizational analysis based on the primary
stakeholders.
13
Table 3: Organizational analysis
Category Organization Responsibility Attitude towards
issue
Reason for
attitude
Executive power a) the Minister of
Spatial Planning,
Land and Forestry
Management
Spatial Planning,
Land and Forest
Management
Strongly positive Promotion of
sustainable
management of
natural resources,
conservation of
mangroves,
protection of
biodiversity.
b) the Minister of
Trade, Industry and
Tourism
Promotion of
domestic and foreign
trade.
Positive Promotion of eco-
tourism and
wanting to earn
more from this
sector
c) the Minister of
Agriculture, Animal
Husbandry and
Fisheries
Stimulates the
production in
agriculture, animal
husbandry, fishing
and beekeeping,
including export.
Promotes effective
management of
national fishing
capacities and the
rational exploitation
of fishing resources.
Positive Decline in
mangrove areas
will result in
decline of fish
populations
d) the Ministry of
Finance
Searching for
national and
international funds
Positive Environment is
important for
government.
Legislature e) the Chairperson of
the National
Assembly (DNA)
Ensuring laws in
compliance with
with the Constitution
Neutral
f) the Committee on
Environment and
Climate Change of
DNA
Supports initiatives in
the field of climate
and environment
protection
Neutral Allowing the
government and
political parties
take their lead
Political parties
(in position)
g) all group leaders of
political parties
Represent needs of
society
Neutral Wanting
protection of
society
Other h) Coordination
Environment Cabinet
of the President of
the Republic of
Suriname
Coordinates
environmental policy
Neutral Wanting to earn
carbon credits by
preserving the
mangrove forest
14
5.4 Identify Opportunities to Influence the Issue
What key events locally, nationally and internationally will address the issue of mangrove
management? Are there any related policy processes happening? When might decisions be
taken? One should find out more about the policy-making process by answering the following
questions (Training kit, 2015):
1. Which ministries and/or departments are involved in policy-making on the issue of
mangrove management? What is their power and influence in relation to other
ministries/departments?
2. Are there any opportunities for influencing this issue that are already on the policy-
makers’ agendas (e.g. annual budget process, reviews of legislation or international
treaties, etc.)?
3. Are there any plans for your issue included in national/local/sectoral development
strategies?
4. What is the current level of spending on the issue of mangrove management? How has
this changed over the last 10-15 years?
5. What role do political parties play in policy formulation on mangrove management?
6. Which regional and international institutions influence policies on mangrove
management? How influential are organizations like the CARICOM, UNDP, WWF, IDB,
World Bank, The Islamic Development Bank, bilateral donors, IMF, ACT, CI, SCF, and other
UN and NGO agencies?
7. When do the stages in policy formulation take place? How long does the process usually
take? What lessons have been learned from previous engagements between donors,
NGOs and the government?
8. What is the consultation process for discussing and amending the policy proposals? Which
institutions, organizations and individuals can be involved in this?
9. Is the government generally willing to consult or discuss with civil society and/or NGO
networks? Is there a history of serious engagement between NGOs and sector ministries?
10. Who makes decisions and at what levels?
11. If approved, what are the next steps required to move the proposal through to final
adoption by the government? And to enact laws if required?
12. If a law is required, what is the process for getting the law passed? Who is responsible for
drafting, debating and adopting the law?
13. Who develops implementation plans? What is the process for developing implementation
plans and how could NGOs be involved? Have any changes in the policy process taken
place since the last policy was approved?
5.5 Lobbying Plan
Strategies and methods that lobbyists use to influence the decision-making process depend a
lot on the actual political, economic and social scenario, as well as on the nature of the policy
15
for which they are lobbying, which is why it is very hard to talk about standard strategies and
tools for lobbying. Therefore, it is proposed that the NMS lobbying plan should at least consist
of:
a. lobbying methods
b. activities
c. responsibilities (tasks)
d. manpower planning
e. time management
f. resources/budget
g. performance indicators
h. risk analyses
i. evaluation
There are in general 4 stages one has to pass through during the lobbying (Table 4):
a. Negotiate: bring the issue to policy-makers’ attention during meetings. Provide them with
policy briefs and other information;
b. Public attention: let the public put pressure on the policy process;
c. Consider also public action by organizing stunts, demonstrations and protests;
d. Seek legal remedies, e.g. by appealing to the courts to stop a particular project from going
ahead.
Table 4 : Typical stages during the lobbying process
Step 1: Negotiation Step 2: Public pressure Step 3: Public attention Step 4: Legal remedy
Policy brief
Opinions
Meetings
Non-public pressure e.g.
letters to ministers
Public puts pressure on
policy-makers, media
campaigns, e.g. press
releases, interviews
Demonstrations,
boycotts, etc.
Court cases, judicial
reviews etc.
Some policy changes can be realized by a “champion”. A champion can be someone who has
taken many initiatives in the field of SMME. The champion should:
a. have experience in government;
b. be known and trusted in government;
c. have access to decision-makers;
d. be charismatic; and
e. have access to the media.
5.5.1 Methods or Techniques
There are different methods for direct and indirect lobbying (AIPP, 2013; ICCO, 2010; Farnel,
1994; Gelak, 2008; Krsmanović, 2013; Training kit, 2015). The most powerful technique for
direct lobbying is a face-to-face meeting, because you can directly talk about the issues
affecting your interests and the policies.
16
Typical examples of a face-to-face meeting are:
a. conferences
b. presentations
c. briefings
d. debates
e. meetings
f. study tours
Other techniques falling under direct lobbying are:
a. making phone calls
b. sending emails
c. sending letters
With indirect (or grassroots) lobbying, you raise awareness about issues which your advocacy
group wants to rectify and then use this as a channel to influence the lawmakers’ stance.
Some examples are: media outreach, mobilizing people and using opinion polls.
Other lobbying methods are informal contacts, such as:
a. reception
b. working visits
c. interviews
d. petitions
e. letters of support
f. one-page summaries
g. written proposals or digital proposals
h. drafting joint strategies
i. working visits with policy-makers
j. demonstrations
k. summaries of reports
l. information packages
m. training sessions
n. games/quizzes
o. online surveys
p. field visits
q. gifts
Social, professional:
a. friendships
b. social events
c. trusted associates
d. former colleagues or students
e. staff hiring
Printed and audiovisual materials:
r. briefing papers
s. policy briefs
t. brochures
u. letters to policymakers
v. books
w. evaluation reports
x. videos
y. websites, blogs
Mass media:
z. TV/radio interviews, chat shows
aa. Documentaries/videos
bb. Current affairs programmes
cc. TV/radio spots
dd. Stories for newspapers and
magazines
ee. Opinion articles
17
The above materials should be made accessible, understandable, transparent, ethical and
accountable. Which technique you have to use really depends on the nature of the issue and
the policy-makers you want to reach. Policy-makers are busy. They have many subjects to
deal with, many meetings to attend, and many demands on their time. Most policy-makers
are not a specialist in this area of mangrove management. In addition, politicians and other
policy-makers come from many different backgrounds and the education level among them
will also vary. They may rely on technical specialists to summarize and explain complex
subjects to them. Policy-makers want information to be presented in a clear and concise way,
without longwinded explanations, and without lots of ifs and buts.
Table 5 shows how the first and second group of stakeholders (based on Table 1) will be
engaged in the lobbying process.
Table 5: Mechanisms for participation
Type of stakeholder Desired outcome of
lobbying engagement
Mechanisms that will be used
FIRST GROUP OF STAKEHOLDERS
a) the Minister of Spatial Planning,
Land and Forest Management,
b) the Minister of Trade, Industry
and Tourism,
c) the Minister of Agriculture, Animal
Husbandry and Fisheries,
d) the Ministry of Finance
e) the chairperson of the National
Assembly (DNA),
f) the Committee on Environment
and Climate Change of DNA,
g) all group leaders of political
parties
h) Coordination Environment Cabinet
of the President of the Republic of
Suriname
Input into:
• Improved national
mangrove strategy for
Suriname,
• Increased national
awareness about
SMME,
• Increased national and
international support
for SMME,
• National mangrove
policy developed,
• Implementation,
monitoring and
evaluation of SMME in
place.
Consultations via face-to-face
meetings, presentations, letters and
information packages (e.g. leaflets).
One high level workshop about
SMME, and field visits with gifts,
information packages and video
shots.
Media attention (e.g. stories for
newspapers)
Games/quizzes and online surveys
Request letters of support and
communication by email.
SECOND GROUP OF STAKEHOLDERS
a) Other Ministers (from Table 1)
b) State council
c) Members of the National
Assembly (DNA)
d) Board of political parties
e) District commissioners,
District councils,
District administrations,
Resort councils
Input into:
• Improved mangrove
strategy at district and
resort level,
• Increased awareness at
district and resort level
about SMME,
• Increased district and
resort level support for
SMME,
Consultations via face-to-face
meetings, presentations, letters and
information packages (e.g. leaflets).
A few debates about SMME,
including field visits, information
packages and video shots.
Media attention (e.g. stories for
newspapers)
18
• Regional mangrove
policy developed.
Games/quizzes and online surveys
Table 6 shows an analysis of these stakeholders to clarify how they could be involved in the
lobbying process. This analysis looks at the following areas:
a. rights, responsibilities and interests;
b. how stakeholders can contribute to the project, how they will be affected and how they
could negatively impact the project;
c. potential conflicts among stakeholders to be managed;
d. capacities and capacity needs.
19
Ta
ble
6:
An
aly
sis
of
firs
t a
nd s
eco
nd
gro
up
of
sta
keh
old
ers
Typ
e o
f
stak
eh
old
er
Inte
rest
s, r
igh
ts a
nd
re
spo
nsi
bili
tie
s
Ho
w s
take
ho
lde
rs c
an c
on
trib
ute
to
the
pro
ject
, ho
w t
he
y w
ill b
e a
ffe
cte
d
and
ho
w t
he
y co
uld
ne
gati
vely
imp
act
the
pro
ject
Po
ten
tial
co
nfl
icts
am
on
g
stak
eh
old
ers
to
be
man
age
d
Cap
acit
ies
and
cap
acit
y ga
ps
for
eff
ect
ive
en
gage
me
nt
FIR
ST G
RO
UP
OF
STA
KEH
OLD
ERS
Es
tab
lish
ing/
stre
ngt
hen
ing
an e
nab
ling
envi
ron
men
t (p
olic
y, le
gisl
atio
n, p
lan
s, e
tc.)
for
gove
rnan
ce a
nd
SM
ME.
Dev
elo
pin
g/st
ren
gth
enin
g, e
nfo
rcin
g,
mo
nit
ori
ng
and
eva
luat
ing
po
licie
s re
late
d
to S
MM
E.
Lead
ing
or
par
tici
pat
ing
in t
he
dev
elo
pm
ent
and
imp
lem
enta
tio
n o
f n
atio
nal
, reg
ion
al
and
inte
rnat
ion
al p
rogr
amm
es,
pro
ject
s an
d
init
iati
ves
abo
ut
SMM
E.
Bei
ng
resp
on
sib
le f
or
imp
lem
enta
tio
n o
n
nat
ion
al le
vel.
Bei
ng
resp
on
sib
le f
or
fin
anci
ng
SMM
E
and
/or
loo
kin
g fo
r in
tern
atio
nal
do
no
rs.
Co
llect
ing,
man
agin
g, a
nal
yzin
g, m
akin
g
dec
isio
ns
and
sh
arin
g in
form
atio
n r
elev
ant
to t
he
gove
rnan
ce a
nd
oth
er s
take
ho
lder
s.
Bei
ng
resp
on
sib
le f
or
SMM
E an
d t
he
pro
tect
ion
of
the
com
mu
nit
ies
livin
g in
man
gro
ve a
reas
, bu
t al
so t
he
bio
div
ersi
ty in
thes
e ar
eas.
By
par
tici
pat
ing
and
cre
atin
g m
ore
po
licie
s in
th
e SM
ME
area
.
By
pro
vid
ing
info
rmat
ion
on
exi
stin
g
init
iati
ves,
cap
acit
y b
uild
ing
nee
ds
and
cap
acit
y b
uild
ing
bes
t p
ract
ices
.
By
off
erin
g m
ore
cap
acit
y to
su
pp
ort
and
imp
lem
ent
SMM
E an
d in
flu
ence
oth
er s
take
ho
lder
s.
By
bei
ng
resp
on
sib
le f
or
end
ors
ing
and
pro
mo
tin
g SM
ME.
Allo
cati
on
of
task
s an
d r
ole
s
to v
ario
us
pri
mar
y
stak
eho
lder
s, w
hile
ever
yon
e w
ants
to
be
the
bo
ss, m
ay r
esu
lt in
a la
ck o
f
pro
gres
s.
Po
ssib
le c
on
flic
ts a
mo
ng
inte
rnat
ion
al
(en
viro
nm
enta
l) d
on
ors
,
thei
r (f
inan
cial
) su
pp
ort
an
d
pri
mar
y st
akeh
old
ers.
Dif
fere
nt
insi
ghts
fro
m
dif
fere
nt
po
litic
al p
arti
es.
Will
nee
d b
asic
kno
wle
dge
of
SMM
E an
d t
he
NM
S, a
nd
th
eir
role
in it
s
imp
lem
enta
tio
n.
Will
nee
d
awar
ene
ss r
aisi
ng
in s
up
po
rtin
g
effe
ctiv
e
enga
gem
ent
of
SMM
E in
th
e
imp
lem
enta
tio
n o
f
gove
rnm
ent
po
licie
s an
d
pro
gram
mes
.
May
nee
d c
apac
ity
bu
ildin
g in
ter
ms
of
ho
w t
o a
pp
ly t
he
NM
S in
th
eir
wo
rk
and
ho
w t
o w
ork
toge
ther
in t
he
fie
ld
of
SMM
E.
20
SEC
ON
D G
RO
UP
OF
STA
KEH
OLD
ERS
Es
tab
lish
ing/
stre
ngt
hen
ing
an e
nab
ling
envi
ron
men
t (p
olic
y, le
gisl
atio
n, p
lan
s, e
tc.)
for
gove
rnan
ce a
nd
SM
ME.
Dev
elo
pin
g/st
ren
gth
enin
g, e
nfo
rcin
g,
mo
nit
ori
ng
and
eva
luat
ing
po
licie
s re
late
d
to S
MM
E.
Lead
ing
or
par
tici
pat
ing
in t
he
dev
elo
pm
ent
and
imp
lem
enta
tio
n o
f n
atio
nal
, reg
ion
al
and
inte
rnat
ion
al p
rogr
amm
es,
pro
ject
s an
d
init
iati
ves
abo
ut
SMM
E.
Bei
ng
resp
on
sib
le f
or
imp
lem
enta
tio
n o
n
nat
ion
al, d
istr
ict
and
res
ort
leve
l.
Bei
ng
resp
on
sib
le f
or
SMM
E an
d t
he
pro
tect
ion
of
the
com
mu
nit
ies
livin
g in
man
gro
ve a
reas
, bu
t al
so t
he
bio
div
ersi
ty in
thes
e ar
eas.
By
par
tici
pat
ing
and
cre
atin
g m
ore
po
licie
s in
th
e SM
ME
area
.
By
pro
vid
ing
info
rmat
ion
on
exi
stin
g
init
iati
ves,
cap
acit
y b
uild
ing
nee
ds
and
cap
acit
y b
uild
ing
bes
t p
ract
ices
.
By
off
erin
g m
ore
cap
acit
y to
su
pp
ort
and
imp
lem
ent
SMM
E an
d in
flu
ence
oth
er s
take
ho
lder
s.
By
bei
ng
resp
on
sib
le f
or
end
ors
ing
and
pro
mo
tin
g SM
ME.
Dif
fere
nt
insi
ghts
fro
m
dif
fere
nt
po
litic
al p
arti
es.
Will
nee
d b
asic
kno
wle
dge
of
SMM
E an
d t
he
NM
S, a
nd
th
eir
role
in it
s
imp
lem
enta
tio
n.
Will
nee
d
awar
ene
ss r
aisi
ng
in s
up
po
rtin
g
effe
ctiv
e
enga
gem
ent
of
SMM
E in
th
e
imp
lem
enta
tio
n o
f
gove
rnm
ent
po
licie
s an
d
pro
gram
mes
.
Tab
le 7
sh
ow
s th
e sp
ecif
ic c
om
mu
nic
atio
n p
rod
uct
s an
d p
ath
way
s fo
r th
e fi
rst
and
sec
on
d g
rou
p, a
nd
oth
er s
take
ho
lder
s.
21
Ta
ble
7:
Co
mm
un
ica
tio
n t
arg
eted
to
dif
fere
nt
sta
keh
old
ers
De
sire
d
ou
tco
me
Targ
et
aud
ien
ce(s
)
Ke
y m
ess
age
s
Pro
du
ct(s
) D
isse
min
atio
n
chan
ne
l(s)
Ind
icat
ors
M
ean
s o
f
veri
fica
tio
n
Aw
aren
ess
an
d
sup
po
rt a
bo
ut
SMM
E w
ith
in
THE
FIR
ST
GR
OU
P O
F
STA
KEH
OLD
ERS
abo
ut
SMM
E
has
incr
ease
d.
Pri
mar
y
stak
eho
lder
s:
a) t
he
Min
iste
r
of
Spat
ial
Pla
nn
ing,
Lan
d
and
Fo
rest
Man
agem
ent,
b)
the
Min
iste
r
of
Nat
ura
l
Res
ou
rces
,
c) t
he
Min
iste
r o
f
Trad
e, In
du
stry
and
To
uri
sm,
d)
the
Min
iste
r
of
Agr
icu
ltu
re,
An
imal
Hu
sban
dry
an
d
Fish
erie
s,
e) t
he
min
istr
y o
f
Fin
ance
f) t
he
chai
rper
son
of
the
Nat
ion
al
Ass
emb
ly (
DN
A),
g) t
he
Co
mm
itte
e o
n
Envi
ron
men
t an
d
Clim
ate
Ch
ange
of
DN
A,
1. T
he
NM
S p
rovi
des
info
rmat
ion
an
d t
oo
ls
for
SMM
E.
2. S
take
ho
lder
s n
eed
to
effe
ctiv
ely
enga
ge in
th
e
imp
lem
enta
tio
n o
f th
e
NM
S to
en
sure
th
at t
hei
r
nee
ds
and
inte
rest
s ar
e
con
sid
ered
.
3. S
take
ho
lder
s sh
ou
ld
end
ors
e th
e N
MS
and
pro
mo
te it
s u
se t
o
ensu
re t
hat
th
ey w
ill
rece
ive
sup
po
rt f
or
thei
r
enga
gem
ent
in t
he
imp
lem
enta
tio
n o
f th
e
NM
S.
1.
NM
S an
d
SMM
E
com
mu
nic
atio
n
mat
eria
ls
2.
Po
wer
Po
int
pre
sen
tati
on
s
3.
E-b
roch
ure
s /
bri
efs,
em
ails
4.
Pre
ss r
elea
ses
5.
Gam
es a
nd
qu
izze
s
6.
Surv
eys
1.
Web
site
an
d
oth
er s
oci
al
med
ia o
f th
e
gove
rnm
ent
2.
Med
ia
(new
spap
ers,
rad
io, T
V)
3.
NM
S
wo
rksh
op
s,
oth
er
op
po
rtu
nis
tic
me
etin
gs
(vir
tual
an
d
face
-to
-fac
e)
4.
Dir
ect
em
ail
5.
Po
st s
ervi
ce
6.
On
line
surv
eys,
gam
es,
qu
izze
s (v
ia
ww
w o
r
emai
l)
Pro
cess
ind
icat
ors
1.
# o
f p
olic
y-m
aker
s
targ
eted
2.
# o
f p
olit
ical
fig
ure
s
targ
eted
3.
# o
f
com
mu
nic
atio
n
pro
du
cts
dev
elo
ped
(lea
flet
s, b
rie
f,
emai
ls, P
ow
erP
oin
t
pre
sen
tati
on
s,
gam
es/
qu
izze
s)
4.
# o
f w
ork
sho
ps
/
me
etin
gs h
eld
5.
# o
f su
rvey
s
org
aniz
ed
6.
# o
f ga
mes
/qu
izze
s
org
aniz
ed
7.
# o
f m
edia
atte
nti
on
Sho
rt t
erm
ou
tco
me
ind
icat
ors
1.
# o
f st
akeh
old
ers
read
ing
com
mu
nic
atio
n,
resp
on
din
g,
resp
on
din
g o
n
surv
eys
1.
# o
f w
ebp
age
hit
s
2.
# so
cial
med
ia
‘like
s’ a
nd
‘sh
ares
’
3.
# n
ews
ite
ms
or
med
ia ‘l
ike
s’
or
vote
s
4.
Dis
sem
inat
ion
reco
rds
5.
Rec
ord
s o
f
com
mu
nic
atio
n
rece
ived
(e.
g.
lett
ers,
em
ail,
ph
on
e ca
lls)
6.
Att
end
ance
reco
rds
7.
Mee
tin
g
rep
ort
s
8.
Rec
eiv
ed
resp
on
ses
22
h)
all g
rou
p
lead
ers
of
po
litic
al p
arti
es
i) C
oo
rdin
atio
n
Envi
ron
men
t
Cab
inet
of
the
Pre
sid
ent
of
the
Rep
ub
lic o
f
Suri
nam
e
2.
# o
f st
akeh
old
ers
par
tici
pat
ing
in
wo
rksh
op
s /
me
etin
gs
Med
ium
an
d lo
ng
term
ind
icat
ors
1.
# st
akeh
old
ers
usi
ng
the
NM
S to
advo
cate
fo
r an
d
guid
e th
eir
enga
gem
ent
in
SMM
E p
roje
cts
and
pro
gram
mes
2.
# st
akeh
old
ers
usi
ng
the
NM
S to
guid
e th
eir
ow
n
cap
acit
y b
uild
ing
and
en
gage
men
t
effo
rts
in S
MM
E
pro
ject
s an
d
pro
gram
mes
Aw
aren
ess
an
d
sup
po
rt a
bo
ut
SMM
E w
ith
in
THE
SEC
ON
D
GR
OU
P O
F
STA
KEH
OLD
ERS
abo
ut
SMM
E
has
incr
ease
d.
Seco
nd
ary
stak
eho
lder
s:
a) O
ther
Min
iste
rs (
Tab
le
1)
b)
Stat
e co
un
cil
c) M
em
ber
s o
f
the
Nat
ion
al
Ass
emb
ly (
DN
A)
d)
Bo
ard
of
po
litic
al p
arti
es
1. T
he
NM
S sh
ou
ld
pro
vid
e in
form
atio
n a
nd
too
ls f
or
SMM
E.
2. S
take
ho
lder
s n
eed
to
effe
ctiv
ely
enga
ge in
th
e
imp
lem
enta
tio
n o
f th
e
NM
S to
en
sure
th
at t
hei
r
nee
ds
and
inte
rest
s ar
e
con
sid
ered
.
3. S
take
ho
lder
s sh
ou
ld
end
ors
e th
e N
MS
and
pro
mo
te it
s u
se t
o
1.
NM
S an
d
SMM
E
com
mu
nic
atio
n
mat
eria
ls
2.
Po
wer
Po
int
pre
sen
tati
on
s
3.
E-b
roch
ure
s /
bri
efs,
em
ails
4.
Pre
ss r
elea
ses
5.
Gam
es a
nd
qu
izze
s
6.
Surv
eys
1.
Web
site
an
d
oth
er s
oci
al
med
ia o
f
gove
rnm
ent
2.
Med
ia
(new
spap
ers,
rad
io, T
V)
3.
NM
S
wo
rksh
op
s,
oth
er
op
po
rtu
nis
tic
me
etin
gs
Pro
cess
ind
icat
ors
1.
# o
f p
olic
y-m
aker
s
targ
eted
2.
# o
f p
olit
ical
fig
ure
s
targ
eted
3.
# o
f
com
mu
nic
atio
n
pro
du
cts
dev
elo
ped
(lea
flet
s, b
rie
fs,
emai
ls, P
ow
erP
oin
t
pre
sen
tati
on
s,
gam
es/
qu
izze
s)
1.
# o
f w
ebp
age
hit
s
2.
# so
cial
med
ia
‘like
s’ a
nd
‘sh
ares
’
3.
# n
ews
ite
ms
or
med
ia
‘like
s’ o
r vo
tes
4.
Dis
sem
inat
ion
reco
rds
5.
Rec
ord
s o
f
com
mu
nic
atio
n
23
e) D
istr
ict
com
mis
sio
ner
s,
Dis
tric
t co
un
cils
,
Dis
tric
t
adm
inis
trat
ion
s,
Res
ort
co
un
cils
ensu
re t
hat
th
ey w
ill
rece
ive
sup
po
rt f
or
thei
r
enga
gem
ent
in t
he
imp
lem
enta
tio
n o
f th
e
NM
S.
(vir
tual
an
d
face
to
fac
e)
4.
Dir
ect
em
ail
5.
Po
st s
ervi
ce
6.
On
line
surv
eys,
gam
es,
qu
izze
s (v
ia
ww
w o
r
emai
l)
4.
# o
f w
ork
sho
ps
/
me
etin
gs h
eld
5.
# o
f su
rvey
s
org
aniz
ed
6.
# o
f ga
mes
/qu
izze
s
org
aniz
ed
7.
# o
f m
edia
atte
nti
on
Sho
rt t
erm
ou
tco
me
ind
icat
ors
1.
# o
f st
akeh
old
ers
read
ing
com
mu
nic
atio
n,
resp
on
din
g,
resp
on
din
g o
n
surv
eys
2.
# o
f st
akeh
old
ers
par
tici
pat
ing
in
wo
rksh
op
s /
me
etin
gs
Med
ium
an
d lo
ng
term
ind
icat
ors
1.
# st
akeh
old
ers
usi
ng
the
NM
S to
advo
cate
fo
r an
d
guid
e th
eir
enga
gem
ent
in
SMM
E p
roje
cts
and
pro
gram
mes
2.
# st
akeh
old
ers
usi
ng
the
NM
S to
guid
e th
eir
ow
n
rece
ived
(e.
g.
lett
ers,
em
ail,
ph
on
e ca
lls)
6.
Att
end
ance
reco
rds
7.
Mee
tin
g
rep
ort
s
8.
Rec
eiv
ed
resp
on
ses
24
cap
acit
y b
uild
ing
and
en
gage
men
t
effo
rts
in S
MM
E
pro
ject
s an
d
pro
gram
mes
25
5.5.2 Activities, Manpower, Time and Budget
It is important to make a list of all activities, the manpower required for these activities, and the
estimated costs for the preparation and execution of the activities. The following elements
should be considered in calculating the budget: personnel costs, material costs, distribution
costs, costs for events, media costs, organizational costs, safety budget. The time planning is also
important: when should which activity start and end. Allocate adequate time for planning and
execution of activities.
5.5.3 Performance Indicators and Risk Analyses
For each activity, one should mention the indicators. Performance indicators are the elements of
your lobbying plan that express what you want to achieve by when. They are the quantifiable,
e.g. number of politicians reached, number of press releases or number of lobbying events
executed. It is also important that a risk analysis for the lobbying plan is made, e.g. the risk to
funding, relationships, reputation, and the ability to operate.
5.5.4 Evaluation Plan
Once the lobbying plan is executed, it is important to monitor and evaluate the activities step-
by-step, e.g. after a lobbying event. Develop a monitoring and evaluation plan including
strategies for follow-up activities. This is required to be:
• accountable for the NMS lobbying activities/the investments in human and financial
resources of your organization;
• able to adjust your strategy according to changes in the internal and external environment;
• able to learn from your activities.
It is suggested to keep a log book of activities and their outcomes. When evaluating outcomes, it
is helpful to remind yourself of your starting points (Training kit, 2015):
• What were your lobbying objectives?
• What was your initial course of action to achieve those objectives?
• Which activities were carried out?
• What did you manage to achieve through your lobbying activities?
• Was there cause to readjust your initial objectives?
• What are the lessons learned from the experience?
• What would you say were the strengths of your campaign?
• What were its weaknesses?
26
5.6 Media Plan
The team has to decide whether media attention will be used during the lobbying campaign.
Perhaps it would be a good thing to get attention and show your power by timing your media,
outreach, and mobilization activities. A separate media strategy could be worked out.
5.7 Choose Timing
The timing has to be chosen in such a way that the target groups have sufficient time available.
You have to consider formal meetings and informal meetings and decide about the total duration
of the lobbying campaign as this will be depended upon available resources. The following time
periods could be used to do some lobbying work:
a. national budget reviews
b. national development plan reviews
c. national elections
d. government meetings
e. meetings in the National Parliament
f. staff meetings at ministries
g. civil society events, conferences, campaigns
h. elections of political parties
i. events of political parties
27
6 YOUR ORGANIZATION OR TEAM
The organization or team that is going to execute the NMS lobbying strategy should be well-
prepared. Make a SWOT analysis of your organization or team in relation to the NMS. It should
be clear for whom you are going to prepare and execute the NMS, why, when, and how. Also,
look whether other organizations are busy with the same topic and lobbying work; a
collaboration is possible. Set up your organization or team to be more proactive, ensure your
organization or team will be accepted by decision-makers, and build and strengthen capacity in
lobbying.
6.1 Compose Team
It is important to compose the right team for the mission. First make a SWOT analysis of your
team. Plan concrete activities to address any weaknesses and threats, and to make optimal use
of the identified strengths and opportunities. The most important thing is to be aware of ensuring
that you and your organization, network or coalition are accepted by decision-makers and
political figures.
Networks of people and organizations can also help by proposing new ideas, by supporting the
issues, and by providing more knowledge and expertise. The team should be able to look at their
own capacity, influence and impact. Some instructions for selecting your team (Farnel, 1994;
Training Kit, 2015) are shown in Table 8.
Table 8: Team role, responsibilities and characteristics
Roles and responsibilities: Characteristics of your team:
a. ensure participation of all team members:
define roles and responsibilities for team
members, e.g. note-taker, time keeper,
report writer.
a. everyone is valued and treated equally,
b. collaboration and shared leadership,
c. open and clear communication,
d. effective decision-making,
e. space to address conflicts and resolve
issues,
f. diversity, respect and tolerance,
g. creativity, innovation and learning from
mistakes,
h. positive atmosphere,
i. capacity to generate and communicate
relevant evidence,
j. ability to assess risks.
28
6.2 Prepare Team Meeting
Before you are going to use different tools for lobbying, collect and study all supportive data; you
will have to study the background of the target groups/persons, know their vision, know your
demands, suggest policy proposals and keep sustainability in mind. Also study which methods
and techniques you will use.
29
7 IMPLEMENTATION OF THE DIFFERENT PLANS
If the plans are finished and the organization or firm is ready, one can start with the execution of
the different plans: lobbying plan, evaluation and monitoring plan, and media plan. The lobbying
strategy is a ‘living’ guide and framework for reaching the objectives. It will continuously be
adapted and refined to the lessons learned before or after execution of activities in the lobbying
plan.
30
REFERENCES
AIPP (2013). Training Manual on Advocacy, Lobbying and Negotiation Skills for Indigenous
Peoples in Climate Change and REDD+. Asia Indigenous Peoples Pact: Chiang Mai,
Thailand.
ICCO (2010). Guidelines on lobby and advocacy, The Netherlands.
IOB (2007). Chatting and Playing Chess with Policymakers - Influencing Policy via the Dutch Co-
Financing Programme, The NetherlandS.
O’Mahony, B. (2006). Developing and sustaining an effective lobbying campaign, World
Federation of Hemophilia, Canada.
Farnel, F. J. (1994). Lobbying: Strategies and techniques of intervention, Les Editions
d’Organisation, Paris, France.
Gelak, D. R. (2008). Lobbying and advocacy, USA.
Krsmanović, D. (2013). A guidebook on lobbying, Štamparija Topalović, Valjevo, Belgrade,
Serbia.
Training kit, Empowering young people and youth workers to lobby for social changes, 2015,
Europe House Slavonski Brod, Croatia. Retrieved from http://europski-dom-sb.hr/.
ANNEX V1
INCREASE CAPACITY BUILDING OF AND TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER BETWEEN
STAKEHOLDERS
Paramaribo, August 2019
2
Table of Contents
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ............................................................................................................. 3
LIST OF FIGURES ......................................................................................................................... 4
LIST OF TABLES ........................................................................................................................... 4
1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................... 5
1.1 The Objectives ............................................................................................................. 5
1.2 Methodology and Outline of the Report ..................................................................... 5
2 ASSESSMENT OF CURRENT SITUATION .............................................................................. 7
2.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................. 7
2.2 Activities Undertaken .................................................................................................. 7
2.3 Overview Adaptive Measures/Technologies ............................................................... 9
2.4 Gap Analysis ............................................................................................................... 13
3 ADAPTATION TECHNOLOGIES AND PRACTICES ................................................................ 15
3.1 Adaptation Technologies ........................................................................................... 15
3.2 Three Basic Adaptation Strategies............................................................................. 18
3.3 Description of the Proposed Technologies................................................................ 19
4 SELECTION OF PRIORITIZED TECHNOLOGIES .................................................................... 26
4.1 Decision Framework .................................................................................................. 26
4.2 Prioritized Adaptation Technologies ......................................................................... 27
4.3 Short Term Strategy ................................................................................................... 28
4.4 Medium Term Strategy .............................................................................................. 30
4.5 Long Term Strategy .................................................................................................... 32
4.6 Overcoming Barriers .................................................................................................. 33
5 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY OF A NEW TECHNOLOGY ................................................. 35
5.1 Land-use Change + Set-back zones ............................................................................ 35
5.2 Implementation Strategy ........................................................................................... 37
REFERENCES ............................................................................................................................. 40
3
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
ABS General Bureau of Statistics
AdeKUS Anton de Kom University of Suriname
GCCA+ Global Climate Change Alliance
GoS Government of Suriname
INDC Intended Nationally Determined Contribution
IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
ICZMP Plan Integrated Coastal Zone Management
J-CCCP Japan-Caribbean Climate Change Partnership
LVV Ministry of Agriculture, Animal Husbandry and Fisheries
MFIN Ministry of Finance
NBS National Biodiversity Strategy
NBAP National Biodiversity Action Plan
NCCPSAP National Climate Change Policy, Strategy and Action Plan
OP (Ontwikkelings Plan) Development Plan
OWT&C Ministry of Public Works, Transport and Communications
NPO National Planning Office
RGB Ministry of Spatial Planning, Land and Forest Management
SCPAM Suriname Coastal Protected Area Management
SD Sustainable Development
SDG Sustainable Development Goals
SNC Second National Communication
UNDP United Nations Development Programme
UNFCCC United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
USD United States Dollar
US$ United States Dollar
4
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1: Roadmap for the prioritization of adaptation technologies, resulting in the selection
of a new technology ..................................................................................................... 6
Figure 2:Type of adaptation technologies ............................................................................... 16
Figure 3: Schematic illustrations of the ‘Protect Accommodate and (planned) Retreat’
responses to SLR ........................................................................................................ 18
Figure 4: Decision framework for identifying criteria .............................................................. 26
Figure 5: Planning and implementing adaptation as a four-stage sequence (source: weADAPT,
Adaptation Planning Process) .................................................................................... 36
Figure 6: Implementation Strategy for Land Use Change/ Regulation including Coastal Set-
back. ........................................................................................................................... 37
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1: Overview of national studies/reports and the adaptation recommendations .......... 12
Table 2: Five main overall recommendation for adaptation measures, their status and the gaps
that exist. ...................................................................................................................... 14
Table 3: Proposed technologies for adaptation in coastal zones. ........................................... 20
Table 4: Proposed Adaptation Technologies (sources http://www.asiapacificadapt.net and
https://www.ctc-n.org) ................................................................................................ 25
Table 5: Rating scale of the proposed indicators ..................................................................... 27
Table 6: List of Prioritized adaptation technologies ................................................................ 28
Table 7: Implementation Strategy for the Land-Use Change + Coastal Set-back technology . 39
5
1 INTRODUCTION
Within the Global Climate Change Alliance (GCCA+) Suriname Adaptation project, a National
Mangrove Strategy will be formulated.
This strategy will be a sound strategy for sustainable management of the mangrove ecosystem
that will include among others, guidelines, best practices, draft regulations and opportunities
for the sustainable use of services and goods, conservation and rehabilitation.
The National Mangrove Strategy will support the Government of Suriname in their strategic
planning for integrated coastal management. It will also provide the necessary insights on the
use of new coastal conservation techniques and transform new and existing laws and
regulations to protect the entire mangrove ecosystem and stimulate its sustainable use.
Furthermore, it will focus on capacity gaps and strengthening activities for adequate
management and monitoring of the mangrove ecosystem in Suriname. It will also include
means of implementation of information dissemination to all the stakeholders.
The underlying report is about the transfer of technologies (specifically coastal conservation
technologies) that can be used for adequate management and monitoring of mangrove
ecosystems and in addition for strengthening coastal conservation1.
1.1 The Objectives
The objectives of this study are:
• To assess the coastal conservation technologies used in Suriname for the conservation
and/or rehabilitation of mangroves and mangrove ecosystems.
• To identify the capacity/skills needed for implementation of the most viable technologies
and an estimation of the costs.
• To develop an Implementation Strategy for the most viable coastal conservation
technology based on national circumstances and conditions.
1.2 Methodology and Outline of the Report
The following methodology (illustrated in figure 1) is used which is also follows the outline of
this report:
• Chapter 1
Gives an introduction to the objective of this study. It also describes the methodology of the
study.
1Coastal conservation can be defined as the conservation of areas where land and water join to create an environment with a distinct structure, diversity, and flow of energy. They include e.g. salt marshes, mangroves, wetlands en estuaries and are home to many different types of plants and animals.
6
• Chapter 2
Research has been conducted to determine the baseline situation in Suriname: what are the
recommendations stated in several national studies and reports regarding the protection of
the coastal areas and which adaptation technologies are currently used in Suriname. In
addition, a gaps analysis on adaptation technologies in Suriname is conducted.
• Chapter 3
Based on desktop analysis of available adaptation technologies (worldwide proven) a list of
these technologies (that fit within the Surinamese context) is drafted. The technologies are
described and their adaptive benefits are mentioned.
• Chapter 4
Taking the gaps analysis into consideration in combination with the threats caused by climate
variability and change, a selection of technology is made for the short, medium and long term.
• Chapter 5
A strategy to implement at least one of these technologies is described including all the
activities to undertake and corresponding responsible key/ stakeholders.
Figure 1 illustrates the steps taken to come to a selection of adaptation technologies for
conservation of the coastal area and sustaining our mangrove ecosystems.
Figure 1: Roadmap for the prioritization of adaptation technologies, resulting in the selection
of a new technology
Map the needs and changes for adaptation technologies (chapter 2)
Propose the technologies needed (chapter 3)
Select criteria based on the needs of the country (chapter 4)
Prioritized Technologies (chapter 4)
Strategy of a new Technology (chapter 5)
7
2 ASSESSMENT OF CURRENT SITUATION
2.1 Introduction
Suriname’s vulnerability to the effects of global climate change is mainly linked to the
expected (and observed) ongoing rise of the sea level. Suriname’s coastline of 386 km is highly
dynamic and characterized by cyclical accretion and erosion. Mangrove forests in Suriname
currently cover a total area of 805172 ha. They occur along almost the entire length of the
coastline of Suriname and along the main rivers and tidal creeks, reaching from the estuaries
to brackish areas further upstream. Scattered pockets of mangrove vegetation also occur
among the brackish swamps behind the mangroves (ICZM, 2009). Climate change will affect
the coastal areas in Suriname through rising sea level, salt water intrusion, ocean acidification,
inundation and storm surge flooding, and more intense and frequent tropical storms. The loss
of coastal property, resulting from a rise in sea level, could be significant (SNC, 2016).
Mangrove wetlands are widely recognized as one of the most important and productive
coastal habitats in the tropics and play an important role in sustaining the livelihoods and
cultures of many communities living along the coastal line of Suriname. Not only are
mangroves a source of firewood, charcoal, and lumber for construction of buildings, they also
provide the habitat for fish and shellfish that many coastal residents depend upon for personal
consumption and for income.
The coastline ecosystem with mangroves, mudflats, fresh and salt water permanently
interacting, is a very productive ecosystem and it plays an important role in maintaining
shoreline stability, preserving biodiversity and providing an excellent fishery breeding habitat.
Also, Suriname’s population and economic activities are concentrated in the low lying coastal
area. As a result, sea level rise clearly presents a major threat to Suriname’s population,
biodiversity and economy.).
2.2 Activities Undertaken
Over the years flooding3 has become a serious threat for many communities in the northern
Greater Paramaribo, Weg naar Zee and Coronie. Communities living in these areas undergo
the severe impacts of climate change, especially when being dependent on agriculture and
fisheries for a living.
The Government of Suriname is trying to deal with the impacts of climate change on coastal
areas, by developing policy/legislation, conducting various studies and implementing projects
2 SBB, data retrieved by mail on July 15th 2019. 3 WorldBank, Paramaribo Strategic Flood Risk Assessment Final Report, 2017
8
in which mangroves are directly and indirectly discussed (see table 1 for an overview of
reports). The National Assembly has developed a concept legislation for protecting all
mangrove forests in Suriname. Ministry of Public Works, Transport and Communication
(OWT&C) is currently working on zoning (currently in draft), which will result in modification
of the Urban Planning Act. This act will create opportunities to identify 'flood sensitive areas'
which shall cover mangrove areas. The Ministry of Spatial Planning, Land and Forest
Management (RGB) also provided written notice in 2014 that no development activities are
allowed in coastal nature reserves. This must lead to biodiversity conservation and
conservation of forest in nature reserves along the coast.
However, these efforts are mostly not effective enough due to limited capacities and lack of
awareness of the risks on both local and governmental level. In addition, lack of proper
management structures, outdated management plans and insufficiently organized and
equipped patrolling teams, effective conservation of mangroves is very difficult within the
MUMAs and protected areas along the coast.
Hence, a viable mangrove policy is needed for Suriname: one that would allow for the use of
the ecosystems without damage to ecological processes and biodiversity, and that would
provide for improvement of the quality of life of surrounding communities.
The ability to adapt to sea level rise is limited because of technological, economic and social
constraints. The initial step to deal with climate change impacts on coastal areas is to assess
and map coastal vulnerability. Some studies have been conducted on the issue (reports from
SCPAM-project, ICZM etc.), especially in those areas where most people live.
At some places along the Suriname coast, coastal defense structures have been built. These
range from small-scale ad hoc constructions (waste material, car wrecks, tires etc., such as at
Weg naar Zee) to engineered dikes, such as at the Corantijn river mouth and in Coronie (ICZM,
2009).
In Coronie a new sea dike has been constructed to protect agricultural land and properties
southwards. This sea dike of app. €55 million4 has a total length of 14 km and a width of
approximately 100 m. Hereby a significant area of intact mangroves (in the order of 170 ha)
was cleared in order to make way for the construction of the sea dike in this area.
According to the study of Winterwerp et al. (2013) sea dykes may tend to worsen the erosion
problems along mud coasts when build in the mangroves, close to the waterline. Sea dykes
can hamper the infill of fines from the sea. This effect is unfortunately already happening at
the Coronie dike.
4 Source: Prof. S. Naipal
9
2.3 Overview Adaptive Measures/Technologies
Priority adaptation measurements were identified following a thorough review of the latest
relevant national reports, strategies, plans and projects addressing climate change, such as:
The Second National Communication to the UNFCCC (SNC), Integrated Coastal Zone
Management Plan (ICZM Plan), National Development Plan, Nationally Determined
Contributions (NDC from 2019), Final National Climate Change Policy, Strategy and Action Plan
for Suriname 2014-2021 (NCCPSAP), The National Masterplan for Agricultural Development
2016, The National Biodiversity Strategy and the National Biodiversity Action Plan (NBAP) and
the Suriname Coastal Protected Area Management (SCPAM) project.
The following table gives an overview of recommended adaptation measures or technologies
within these national reports/strategies and plans. Some of these recommendations have
been implemented and some not. Table 1 gives an overview of existing gaps in the
implementations of these adaptation technologies.
Study/ Report About Recommendations for adaptation measures
Second National
Communication to
the UNFCCC (SNC)
(2016)
Reporting the steps
Suriname has taken to
implement the
UNFCCC.
Adaptation responses for the coastal zone are divided into two
groups: general strategies and specific measures. General
strategies are as follows:
• implementation of legal, administrative and organisational structures for effective land-use planning and management and spatial planning; and
• Inclusion of environmental impact assessments when developing long-term projects.
Specific measures for the coastline are as follows:
• Suriname must establish mechanisms and necessary regulations for the proper management and control of its existing MUMAs, particularly for the mangrove forests. Well-managed MUMAs must be of sufficient resilience to protect the coast in the long term. Exceptions are parts of Nickerie, Coronie, and the Paramaribo-Wanica coastline;
• Dikes and dams along the coast must be properly maintained and regularly and frequently inspected;
• Engineering measures must be established to increase sedimentation rates along severely encroached coastal stretches in order to support mangrove growth; and
• Policy and regulatory measures must be created for the prohibition of activities such as sand and shell mining and issuance of land rights in the estuarine zones.
Integrated Coastal
Zone
Management Plan
The GoS has prepared
an Integrated Coastal
Zone Management Plan
In order to address the mangrove management problems, the
following potential solutions, as part of an Integrated Coastal
Zone Management Plan are proposed within the ICZM Plan:
10
(ICZM Plan) (2009) (ICZMP). The ICZMP
formulated a vision for
sustainable use of
water, soil and
resources of the coastal
zone and to protect
natural ecosystems
alongside
socioeconomic
development. The Plan
includes
recommendations for
legislation and
regulation and
adaptation of the
management
organization. The ICZM
Plan has been finalized
but the implementation
phase has not yet
begun.
Spatial planning:
• establish a set-back line of 3 - 4 km from the coast
• identify coastal flood hazard zones that take into account future sea level rise predictions
• stop urban expansion into the coastal wetlands and mangroves north of Paramaribo
Enhance sediment accretion:
Placement of permeable groins (soft structures) perpendicular
to the coast (“salt marsh works”)
Mud nourishment:
Artificially increase the flux of fine sediment towards the coast
during periods that there is no mudbank passing in front of
them.
Restore hydrological connections:
Consider the restoration of vital hydrological connections
(freshwater flows into the mangrove areas) by perforating
specific hydrological barriers (such as “zwamp-kerende
dammen”, east-west road connection and sea dikes),
Capacity strengthening:
Capacity strengthening for effective management of MUMA’s
and nature reserves along the coast
Awareness raising:
Increase the awareness among the general public, media,
schools, stakeholders and decision makers on the important
ecological functions, values and services of mangrove forests,
especially their role in shoreline protection and sustaining
coastal fisheries.
Mangrove rehabilitation:
Salt marsh works in combination with mud nourishment and
removal of hydrological barriers (see recommendations above)
as means to facilitate natural recovery of mangroves in
degraded areas.
Policy Development
Plan (OP) 2017-2021
The OP provides a
framework for the
policy programs and
measures in the coming
five years. The OP
formulates the
development goals and
outcome for at least
the coming five years
and states the
principles that will be
The impact of sea level rise is discussed in the OP with the
strategic approach:
The shores and coast are sustainably repaired and / or
protected from the effects of sea level rise and banks of
meandering rivers are protected.
The following outcomes will be further elaborated in the
policies within the ministries:
1. Stakeholders implement a long-term strategy jointly and
with due observance of appropriate laws and regulations to
11
followed in the
development process.
minimize the consequences of sea level rise, damaging human
activities or meandering rivers.
2. Especially in the most affected areas in the coastal plain,
the natural riparian and coastal protection has been
restored and riparian and coastal degradation is further
limited by facilities against rising sea levels and harmful
human activities that are included in the structural, regional
and zoning plans.
3. The urban planning has developed the desired settlement
patterns and integrated this into the long-term development
as enshrined in the consensus document Suriname Vision
2035 and the Medium Term Development Plans.
4. Suriname's strategy and action programs make full use of
the technical assistance and relief funds for mitigating the
effects of climate change, including through close cooperation
with the regional and international organizations that have
mandate to that effect.
Nationally
Determined
Contributions (NDC)
(2019)
Within the NDC,
Suriname outlined what
their post-2020
intended climate
actions are. The climate
actions communicated
in the NDC largely
determine whether
Suriname can
contribute to the long-
term goals of the Paris
Agreement.
In its NDC, Suriname identified technology transfer to engender
large scale adaptation and mitigation as a critical element
necessary for international collaboration. It is also stated that
adaptation measures are needed to build climate resilience.
This includes improving natural and mechanical infrastructure
such as dikes and river defenses; mangrove protection,
restoration and expansion, and water management.
National Climate
Change Policy,
Strategy and Action
Plan for Suriname
(NCCPSAP)
(2014-2021)
The NCCPSAP indicates
the need for
implementation of a
“Comprehensive
national research
programme on social,
environmental and
economic baselines,
climate science,
vulnerability, impacts
and risk management”.
The National Climate Change Policy, Strategy and Action Plan
(NCCPSAP - 2015) which derives from the OP, builds on and
supports the objectives of the national sectoral policies such as
those on water, energy, transport, etc. The districts plans are
also taken into consideration. The NCCPSAP, is the logical next
step in enabling Suriname to build resilience to the impacts of
changing climate, providing a clear roadmap to respond to the
challenges of a changing climate, seize opportunities for climate
compatible development and attract climate finance. The aim of
the NCCPSAP is to reduce the country’s vulnerability through the
implementation of climate resilience measures in the coastal
area as well as in the interior, while bringing development
through sustainable and clean technology. In addition, emphasis
is placed on research to generate data on the vulnerability of
Suriname, on awareness-raising campaigns and on delivering
cross-sectoral climate resilience measures.
12
Table 1: Overview of national studies/reports and the adaptation recommendations
The above table 1 gives an overview of the studies/reports regarding coastal conservation
and rehabilitation (including mangroves ecosystems) and the recommendations.
The National
Masterplan for
Agricultural
Development 2016
The Masterplan is
rooted in two main
values, namely
agriculture and
population, and
sustainable agriculture.
The Masterplan also
seeks to protect
ecological values
through 3 central
strategies of which one
is focused on the
coastal area.
Defining the coastal strip as a shield for the entire coastal plain
of Suriname against the penetration of seawater, whereby
natural growth in this strip (mangrove forests) will be preserved
in order to protect development just South of it, as well as the
natural habitat of several endangered species.
The National
Biodiversity
Strategy (2006) and
the National
Biodiversity Action
Plan 2012-2016
(NBAP)
The National
Biodiversity Strategy
lays down the national
vision, goals and
strategic directions
required to preserve
and sustainably use the
rich biodiversity and
biological resources of
the nation.
Elements of importance for mangrove protection mentioned in
the strategy include raising of awareness within the agriculture
and fisheries sector on the impact of land-based activities on the
marine resources.
The NBAP talks about determining the value of services supplied
by ecosystems. It is therefore important to increase the
awareness of this issue in order to improve conservation of the
mangroves.
Management plans
for MUMAs,
SCPAM Project
(2011-2015)
The Suriname Coastal
Protected Area
Management (SCPAM)
project objective was to
promote the
conservation of
biodiversity through
improved management
of protected areas
along the western
coast. Within the
SCPAM project 4
management plans
have been drafted.
Several activities have been carried out to safeguard the coastal
biodiversity through improved management of Protected Areas
(including MUMAs) along the Western coast of Suriname. One of
the main results were improved management plans for the
MUMAs in the coastal zone. Recently the management plan
2013-2023 for the Bigi Pan MUMA was updated.
13
2.4 Gap Analysis
Table 2 shows a summary of the in table 1 mentioned recommendations for adaptation
measures (clustered in five main overall measures), the status of these measures and the
gaps that exits.
Adaptation measures Status Gaps
Spatial Planning (including
Coastal strip as a shield and
Zoning)
Ministry of OW is currently working on
zoning (currently in draft), which will
result in modification of the Urban
Planning Act.
A draft law for the protection of the
Coastal Area is drafted including a map
indicating the boundary of the protected
coastal area.
No actual legislation is
effective.
Identification of coastal flood
hazard zones has not begun.
Mangrove rehabilitation
(including Enhanced and
increased sediment
accretion, Mud
nourishment and Restored
hydrological connections)
A pilot project was conducted in Coronie
by AdeKUS (2010-2013) to plant
mangroves on a bare mudflat, the front of
a newly arriving mud bank, and study the
conditions.
In 2015 another pilot project was
conducted by AdeKUS at Weg naar Zee,
based on the principles of sediment
trapping units, inspired by the successful
application in Indonesia (Tonneijck 2013;
Tol 2016). Weg naar Zee is one of the
most threatened coastal areas of
Suriname.
Building on the experience and successes
of the sediment trapping units used in this
project another pilot project started in
Nickerie (the Mangrove Rehabilitation
Project) also based on the Building with
Nature concept, where participation from
community is essential.
These pilot projects have their
successes but also failures. It is
noted that more emphasis has
to be given to studies and
research in order to gain more
data to improve the projects.
Capacity strengthening (in
management and control of
its MUMA’s, in
maintenance of the hard
structures)
Within several (pilot) projects
components are allocated for building
capacities of stakeholders. Insufficient
management capacity and inadequate
financial resources are some of the
barriers that exist.
In the SCPAM project, interventions were
designed to remove these barriers and
enhance and strengthen capacities in
management and control of the MUMA’s
and three Nature Reserves.
Currently, the situation hasn’t
changed much. Management
capacity is still insufficient and
the government lacks sufficient
financial means, knowledge and
equipment to successfully
manage the MUMA’s and
Nature reserves.
14
Awareness raising Within the Mangrove Rehabilitation
project at Nickerie (AdeKUS) emphasis
was placed on awareness raising and
promoting participation of the
communities in the rehabilitation of
Mangroves in Nickerie.
Currently the need to raise
awareness is still valid, as not
only the communities but also
several institutions are not fully
aware of the needs and
benefits of mangrove forests.
Policy and regulatory
measures
Several initiatives in preparing draft laws
and/or Acts have been taken for the
protection of the coastal area.
Still there is no law specifically
designed to regulate the use,
management and conservation
of mangroves and its
ecosystems. A range of laws
and regulations regulating
other activities like nature
conservation, marine
management, forest
management etc. are directly or
indirectly of relevance for
mangrove conservation.
Table 2: Five main overall recommendation for adaptation measures, their status and the gaps that exist.
15
3 ADAPTATION TECHNOLOGIES AND PRACTICES
3.1 Adaptation Technologies
According to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) (2000) in its special
report on ‘Methodological and Technological Issues in Technology Transfer’, technology is
defined as ‘a piece of equipment, technique, practical knowledge or skills for performing a
particular activity’.
The SNC states that technology transfer plays a significant role in adaptation projects to find
the adaptation needs such as mangrove reforestation, building climate-resilient
infrastructure and the use of innovative solutions for data management and early warning
systems. Currently, in Suriname, technology transfer has been incorporated into several
adaptation and mitigation projects and programmes, which tend to be focused on energy
efficiency, renewable energy, and emerging low-carbon and energy-generating technologies.
There are two main strategies to address global warming: mitigation and adaptation
(UNFCCC). Mitigation involves finding ways to slow the emissions of GHGs or to store them,
or to absorb them in forests or other carbon sinks. Adaptation, on the other hand, involves
coping with climatic change – taking measures to reduce the negative effects, or exploit the
positive ones, by making appropriate adjustments. The IPCC defines 'Adaptation’ as
adjustments in human and natural systems, in response to actual or expected climate stimuli
or their effects, that moderate harm or exploit beneficial opportunities (IPCC, 2001b)
Within this study the focus lies on adaptation through coastal conservation technologies.
Adaptation technologies are defined as the broad set of processes covering the know-how,
experience and equipment used by humans to reduce the adverse consequences of coastal
change and exploit any benefits5: here the main focus is climate change as a driver of coastal
change. Adaptation technologies are thus technologies that are used to adapt to the adverse
effects of climate change. Transfer of these kind of technologies is necessary to promote
climate resilience. Adaptation through coastal conservation technologies can be effective in
order to for instance rehabilitate mangrove ecosystems.
Applied adaptation technologies for coastal conservation can be grouped into two types: the
structural (physical) and non-structural (nonphysical) technologies.
5 UNEP, Technologies for Climate Change Adaptation, Coastal Erosion and Flooding
16
Figure 2: Type of adaptation technologies
The structural technologies can be carried out by natural and artificial protection methods
(see figure 2). When a need for adaptation is identified, decision makers should first identify
what action could best be taken. Actions which may be considered include (hard)
technologies focused on the utilization of capital goods such as sea dikes and seawalls, or
(soft) technologies focused on information, institutional arrangements and the building of
adaptive capacity. Or they could use a combination of hard and soft, as with early warning
systems that combine hard measuring devices with soft knowledge and skills that can raise
awareness and stimulate appropriate action. Another option is to integrate green and gray
solutions to provide coastal hazard protection and to support enhanced sustainability of
both the ecological and built environment. However, within the scope and timeframe of this
desk-top study green-grey solutions6 were not explored.
6 Green-grey solutions: “green solutions ” are nature-based coastal defense strategies with a variety of co-benefits, including enhancing or increasing biodiversity and promoting human well-being. Green solutions can be coupled with habitat restoration to meet multiple species and community goals. In locations with high wave energy and steeper foreshore slopes, more traditional “gray” or engineered coastal defense strategies are common. Gray strategies can provide a higher level of flood protection than green strategies, but gray strategies often have ecosystem impacts, including habitat loss and disconnecting communities from the shoreline. Green and gray strategies can be integrated to develop solutions that provide coastal hazard reduction (during high water and wave events), while also enhancing habitat health (Mak et al, 2019).
Adaptation Technologies
Structural technologies
Artificial protection (e.e. seawalls) Natural protection
(magrove, tree plant)
Non-structural technologies
Capacity strenghtening/
building, awareness creation
17
Different country contexts will drive the need to tailor adaptations to local conditions. The
selection of technologies must bear in mind the realities of time, funding, personnel and
institutional capacity (quoted from USAID, 2009).
The Coastal Zone Management framework for managing the impact of climate change on
coastal ecosystems, initiated by the IPCC, is built around three complementary strategies:
protection, accommodation, and retreat (IPCC 1990). Adaptation technologies are highly
applicable to the first two strategies, and policy reforms, to a well-managed retreat from
vulnerable coastlines.
These three strategies are briefly explained below and more elaborated on in paragraph 3.2.
1. Protect: defend vulnerable areas, especially population centers, economic activities and natural resources;
2. Accommodate: continue to occupy vulnerable areas, but accept the greater degree of flooding by changing land use, construction methods and/or improving awareness and preparedness;
3. (Planned) retreat: abandon structures in currently developed areas, resettle inhabitants and require that new development be set back from the shore, as appropriate. Unplanned retreat is not considered.
These strategies are widely applied and are effective to describe the adaptation technologies
to respond to erosion and increased flooding, as shown in figure 3. Note that ‘improving
awareness and preparedness’ is a cross-cutting measure that is relevant to all the
technologies that are proposed in paragraph 3.3.
18
Figure 3: Schematic illustrations of the ‘Protect Accommodate and (planned) Retreat’ responses to SLR
(Source: UNEP, Technologies for Climate Change Adaptation, Coastal Erosion and Flooding.
Original source: Drawn by the authors based on IPCC CZMS (1990) Built Environment)
3.2 Three Basic Adaptation Strategies
Taking the effects of climate change in consideration, communities in coastal zones have a
choice of these three basic adaptation strategies: protect, retreat or accommodate.
Protection could mean building dykes; retreating could mean relocating homes or
businesses, or demarcating certain zones as off-limits for development; accommodating
could involve establishing stronger building codes, or strengthening early warning systems.
Protect
Involves defensive measures and other activities to protect areas against inundation,
tidal flooding, the effects of waves on infrastructure, shore erosion, salinity intrusion
and the loss of natural resources. The measures may be drawn from an array of
19
‘hard’ and ‘soft’ structural solutions. They can be applied alone or in combination,
depending on the specific conditions of the site (IPCC CZMS, 1990). The most visibly
reassuring option may be to build hard structures such as sea-walls. But apart from
being very expensive these can have damaging side effects, for example by displacing
erosion and sedimentation. It may be better therefore to consider soft options that
involve restoring or creating coastal wetlands.
Retreat
Refers to a proactive or planned withdrawal from the coast, rather than an
unplanned or forced retreat, which is also potentially possible in the face of SLR and
climate change. The retreat option relates to the reduction of the risk of an erosional
or flood event by limiting its potential effects. This may involve preventing
development in coastal areas, allowing development to take place on the condition
that it will be abandoned if necessary, or having no direct government role other
than through withdrawal of subsidies and provision of information about associated
risks (IPCC CZMS, 1990). For retreat, the simplest approach might be to establish a
set-back zone requiring development to be at a specified distance from the water’s
edge.
Accommodate
Involves the continued occupancy and use of vulnerable zones by increasing society’s
ability to cope with the effects of extreme events. This approach must be implemented
proactively as it requires advanced planning and acceptance that some coastal zone
values could change (IPCC CZMS, 1990). For accommodation, there is a variety of
options. These will include warning systems for extreme weather events, as well as
longer-term measures such as new building codes, or improving drainage systems by
increasing pump capacity or using wider pipes. Action for adaptation can involve many
organizations or institutions, but in practice the responsibility tends to fall on the
public sector.
3.3 Description of the Proposed Technologies
Based on the gaps analyses in Chapter 2, the following adaptation measures translated in a
technology (table 3) are ranked under the strategies ‘Protect, Retreat and .Accommodate’.
These technologies were recommended in several national reports and studies (see
therefore table 1), are new to Suriname or fairly known but not implemented on a wide
scale in the country. In addition some other technologies are also proposed that have close
linkages with the recommended technologies and fit in the Surinamese context.
20
Protect Retreat Accommodate
Hard structures –
Coastal embankment
Land use change (set-back zones) Early warning and evacuation
systems
Soft structures –
Wetland/Mangrove rehabilitation
Integrated mapping
Controlled sedimentation in
combination with permeable
groins
Long term monitoring
(observation of waves, tide levels,
shore lines, etc.)
ICZM
Table 3: Proposed technologies for adaptation in coastal zones.
Next, these proposed technologies are described in below table 4. In addition, their
contribution to adaptation and estimated cost are given.
Coastal embankments (such as Sea walls, Sea dykes)
Technology description Sea dykes were Introduced in Suriname in 1960s, but have been
degraded in many parts ever since. Currently, the dykes in Suriname
need maintenance and strengthening.
Coastal embankments are hard structures for protecting land from
coastal flooding, particularly during high tide and storm surges. They
can be seen as measures against erosion, storm surges, flooding and
inundation. Continuous and comprehensive maintenance of
embankment and drainage infrastructure is crucial.
Increased wave action in the future will enhance erosion processes,
therefore requiring increasing maintenance of structures.
Contribution for
adaptation
• Protecting coastal economic zone and ecosystem behind the walling (dam or seawall) as well as reducing sea level rise effects.
• Reduced flood congestion and waterlogging7 and offers protection from storm surges
• Improved living conditions for coastal communities
Cost Depends on situation (features of the sea dike, location etc), materials,
labour, and construction equipment.
A reference could be the Coronie dyke8 with a cost app. 55 million USD
and a length of 14 km.
Wetland/Mangrove rehabilitation
Technology description Mangrove rehabilitation (also protection, reforestation, restoration or
afforestation) in coastal areas must be conducted via community based
7 Waterlogging occurs when the soil is saturated with an excess of water. 8 Source: Prof. S. Naipal
21
(Ecosystem Based
Adaptation)
participatory processes to enhance the natural protection of coastlines
and enable the protection and sustainable use of coastal wetlands for
the benefit of the local population.
Mangrove rehabilitation provides effective protection against severe
hazards for example flood damage (mangroves are believed to provide
a defense against storms and tsunami).
The diversity of wetland types means there are numerous methods for
restoring wetlands. The method adopted will depend on the habitat
which is being restored.
Contribution for
adaptation
Wetland habitats (such as mangroves) are important because they
perform essential functions in terms of coastal flood and erosion
management. It has a number of other co-benefits. They induce wave
and tidal energy dissipation (Brampton, 1992) and act as a sediment
trap for materials, thus helping to build land seawards. The dense root
mats of wetland plants also help to stabilize shore sediments, thus
reducing erosion9. Furthermore water quality and wildlife habitat are
also improved. Wetland restoration reestablishes these advantageous
functions for the benefits of coastal flood and erosion protection.
It is essential to understand natural processes to aid the design of
appropriate, site-specific and integrated adaptation measures,
including the testing of innovative approaches for dynamic site-specific
risk-spreading strategies (Schmitt K, et.al. 2013)..
Cost 80-90 USD per hectare (amount varies depending on the state of
disruption of the land, and whether or not heavy equipment is used,
etc.)
A study of Tri et al. (1998) estimates planting, capital and recurrent
costs at approximately US$41 per hectare of mangrove planted, at 2009
price levels. The project involved the expansion of an existing mangrove
forest on the seaward side of a dike system.
Because the term ‘wetland’ refers to a diverse range of habitats, it is
difficult to give accurate cost estimates. Different types of wetland will
require different restorative measures with varying costs and labour
requirements.
Controlled sedimentation in combination with permeable wood groin structures?
Technology description Artificially facilitate the settling of fine sediments (normally efficient in
the presence of mangrove vegetation) in critical coastal areas where
mangrove vegetation has been destroyed, resulting in net coastal
erosion. This can be achieved through the placement of permeable
9 www.ctc-n.org
22
groins (soft structures) perpendicular to the coast (´salt marsh works´)
during periods that a mudbank is present in front of these areas. Groins
do not inhibit sediment input and also dissipate wave action, create
calm water conditions for sediment deposition and reduce erosion to
provide an immediate solution to coastal threats in areas with
extensive foreshore erosion. They can be constructed with rubble,
concrete and timber.
Controlled sedimentation to balance sedimentation transport allowing
controlled flooding or sedimentation accumulation enabling stability of
coastal surfaces. Sediment controls are usually employed together with
erosion controls, which are designed to prevent or minimize erosion
and thus reduce the need for sediment controls. Sediment controls are
generally designed to be temporary measures, however, some can be
used for storm water management purposes.
This technology requires continuous maintenance activities and
attention according to changing ecological environments,
anthropogenic activities and sediment cycles.
Contribution for
adaptation
Wood structures enable coastal rehabilitation.
Settling of sediment stabilize shorelines to promote related livelihood
activities
Cost Cost are not known, but it depends on labour and equipment for
guiding sediment loads.
Groins
Costs for the construction of T-fences (e.g. in Vietnam - 50-60 USD/m);
Costs for the maintenance of T-fences (e.g. in Vietnam - about 7 USD/m
per year) (Albers, Dinh and Schmitt, 2013)
Integrated Coastal Zone Management (ICZM)
Technology description Integrated coastal zone management and planning are processes
through which rational decisions are made concerning the conservation
and sustainable use of coastal and ocean resources and space. The
principles of Integrated Coastal Zone Management (ICZM) are well-
known and widely accepted throughout the world, employing a suite of
tools including protected areas (MUMA’s), land-use control, marine
zoning and permit systems, conflict resolution, planning and fisheries
management.
The GoS has prepared an Integrated Coastal Zone Management Plan
(ICZM Plan, 2010). The ICZMP formulated a vision for sustainable use of
water, soil and resources of the coastal zone and to protect natural
ecosystems alongside socioeconomic development. The Plan includes
recommendations for legislation and regulation and adaptation of the
23
management organization. However, the plan needs to be updated
and implemented.
Contribution for
adaptation
The technology itself requires integrated technologies designed to meet
the changes of natural conditions towards sustainable development.
Therefore, this technology is the most comprehensive adaptation to
climate change.
Cost The costs for improving the current ICZM plan and implementing it is
difficult to estimate. A lot depends on updating the ICZM Plan based on
available data and labour cost.
Integrated mapping
Technology description Analyses to guide governments and communities in their planning
purposes.
Combines climate change projections, awareness of risks and climate
variability and spatial layout of community assets into one innovation
using the Google Maps platform, country-level climate change trend
projections and hand-drawn community maps to create a digital
planning tool that can be shared between communities, local and
national government partners and project partners.
Contribution for
adaptation
Guides adaptation planning for vulnerable community assets such as
water systems, evacuation centers, economic infrastructure and coastal
barriers. Contributed to vulnerability reduction of village homes that
are built above coastal waters, whose foundations and walkways are
affected by storm
Cost Relatively low in cost (USD 5000 – USD 10000).
Depends on technology costs (such as tablets) and human resources.
Land-use change (including Set–back zones)
Technology description Conduct land use in ways that respond to type, nature, and risk levels
of disasters likely to occur, in order to avoid or mitigate damage from
storm surges and inundation, etc. Avoid settlements and other types of
buildings in zones with particularly high risk levels.
Risk levels are studied and analyzed, and zones with high risk levels are
identified, then (1) new construction of housing and so on is prohibited
or controlled in the hazard zones (set-back zones), (2) resettlement is
conducted or support offered for resettlement outside the hazard
zones, and (3) efforts are made to reduce land use in the high-hazard
zones. In addition, set-back zones are protected or enhanced through
the use of windbreak forests and sand berms, etc., in an effort to
reduce impacts on other zones.
Coastal setbacks are ‘a prescribed distance to a coastal feature such as
the line of permanent vegetation, within which all or certain types of
development are prohibited (Cambers, 1998)’. A setback may dictate a
minimum distance from the shoreline for new buildings or
24
infrastructure facilities, or may state a minimum elevation above sea
level for development.
Contribution for
adaptation
By reducing settlements and economic activities and reinforcing built
structures in hazard zones, exposure and vulnerability to climate
change will be reduced and impacts on humans, property, and
economic activities will be reduced.
The ‘setback’ area provides a buffer between a hazard area and coastal
development. Setbacks provide protection to properties against coastal
flooding and erosion by ensuring that buildings are not located in an
area susceptible to these hazards. Two types of setback can be
distinguished; elevation setbacks to deal with flooding and lateral
setbacks to deal with erosion.
Cost Costs differ depending on methods and circumstances behind changes
and regulation of land use (e.g., whether or not compensated; land
prices; the availability of new sites, etc.).
Long term monitoring (observation of waves, tide levels, shore lines, etc.)
Technology description Wave observation involves installation of wave meters (submerged,
floating, or near shore, etc.), and using ultrasound, water pressure,
GPS, and so on, to observe such parameters as wave height, period, and
direction.
Contribution for
adaptation
Long-term and continuous data collection and accumulation relating to
climate change will result in valuable information for consideration of
countermeasures.
An R&D framework will be created to analyze and assess long-term
monitoring results.
Cost Costs vary considerably depending on design of system (number of
monitored sites and control stations, transmission network, etc.)
The per-unit cost of tide gauges, with real-time data transmission
function, is roughly about USD 100,000.
Early warning and evacuation systems
Technology description An integrated system that helps to reduce damage in regions that face
greater risks from more intense weather (e.g. storm surges etc.), due to
climate change and the resulting damage from inundation. This system
manages information on warnings/advisories from the Meteorological
Agency, plus observation data from offshore observation equipment,
etc.
Contribution for
adaptation
By the transmission of information in real time about disaster risks and
by the appropriate actions of citizens who receive that information,
vulnerability to climate change will be reduced, and in particular,
human losses will be mitigated.
Cost Costs can vary significantly depending on the type of weather
phenomenon, the scale of the observation system (e.g., national versus
25
local/regional), the design of the projection/early warning system, and
the communication mode, etc.
For reference, in the case of a warning system based on water level
observations for river flooding and overflowing of inland water bodies
(alert issued when waters reach a certain level), a rough estimate of
costs would be roughly about 15,000 USD per site for measurement
devices, and roughly about 1 million USD per unit for centralized data
processing equipment (excluding costs of communication lines, water
level projections, etc.)10.
Table 4: Proposed Adaptation Technologies
(sources http://www.asiapacificadapt.net and https://www.ctc-n.org)
10 Source: website www.asiapacificadapt.net
26
4 SELECTION OF PRIORITIZED TECHNOLOGIES
In previous chapter potential adaptation technologies have been identified for coastal
protection and sustainable conservation and restoration of mangroves. These proposed
technologies are overall based on a gaps analysis on the current coastal conservation
technologies used in Suriname. Most of the technologies are new to the country and some
are quite well known, but are not widely applied in the country.
Now that the potential adaptation technologies have been identified, they have to be
prioritized. This requires a decision-making framework to compare and select between the
possible options.
4.1 Decision Framework
There are a number of decision tools available to assist decisions on what technologies to
employ and when and where they should be implemented. These include cost-benefit
analysis, cost-effectiveness analysis and multi-criteria analysis. It is highly recommended to
use these tools in a participatory way, which means that stakeholder engagement,
communication and awareness raising are essential. These activities require intensive
contact moments and frequent communication with stakeholders. Such a participatory
process will help the justification for the selection of the prioritized technologies.
However, within the scope and time-frame of this desktop-study, the above-mentioned
decision-making instruments cannot be used because they are very much time-intensive and
include high level of stakeholder involvement. Hence the prioritization of the adaptation
technologies are done through the following (simple) decision framework (figure 4) based on
the needs of the country:
1. Specify criteria used for prioritizing technologies worldwide
2. Identify the criteria that can be placed within the Surinamese context
3. Select those criteria in such a way to make a value judgment based on desk-research
Figure 4: Decision framework for identifying criteria
Criteria used worldwide
Criteria based on Surinamese context
Value judgement criteria
27
Using the decision framework (figure 4), the following selected criteria are used for the
prioritization of adaptation technologies:
a. Synergy with national development priorities/ strategies
Even though there is no comprehensive policy for coastal zone management
in Suriname, the GoS has committed itself to introducing adaptation
measures. To illustrate: the NDC (2019) addresses climate change and in
particular, maintaining its forest and freshwater resources. Thus a critical
element for international collaboration is technology transfer to engender
large scale adaptation and mitigation. The SNC states that technology transfer
plays a significant role in adaptation projects such as mangrove reforestation,
building climate-resilient infrastructure and the use of innovative solutions for
data management and early warning systems.
b. How will the technology promote climate resilience (Effectiveness)
Looking at the impact of the adaptation benefits of each of the proposed
technologies it is possible to make a value judgment.
c. Suitability of the technology
Based on desk research the suitability of each of the proposed technology is
taken into consideration.
Note that the criteria ‘cost’ has not been taken into consideration, due to limited
information as it was difficult to get the estimated cost for each of the technologies.
The rating scale is elaborated in table 5 below.
Indicator Scoring
+ ++ +++
Synergy Partially present Widespread present, but
not comprehensive
Fully present
Effectiveness (impact of
benefits)
Low Moderate High
Suitability Somewhat Suitable Suitable Very Suitable
Table 5: Rating scale of the proposed indicators
4.2 Prioritized Adaptation Technologies
From the list of eight proposed technologies as specified in table 4, a top-3 of technologies
with the highest score can be seen, based on the satisfaction to the criteria. See Table 5
below.
Nr Adaptation technology Synergy Effective
ness
Suitability Score
(# +)
Notes
1 Coastal embankments
(such as Sea walls, Sea
dykes)
++ ++
++ 6 Some capacity exist and technology
is fairly known, However, the
feasibility on short term is low
28
(astronomic cost for construction
and maintenance).
2 Wetland/Mangrove
rehabilitation
+++ +++ +++ 9 Activities already being
implemented. However, extensive
research and generating data is
needed for improvement
3 Controlled
sedimentation in
combination with
permeable groins
++ ++ ++ 6 Data (hydrology e.g) is needed to
introduce controlled sedimentation
technology.
4 ICZM +++ +++ ++ 8 Some preparations for the ICZM has
been done several years ago, but
the ICZM plan needs to be updated
and implemented.
5 Integrated mapping ++ ++ +++ 7 By generating maps more
awareness will be created and
climate resilience can be increased.
6 Land-use change
(including Set–back
zones/ zoning)
+++ +++ +++ 9 Some capacity exist within
institutions. Priority in making
planning more efficient.
7 Long term monitoring
(observation of waves,
tide levels, shore lines,
etc.)
++ +++ ++ 7 Generate scientific data on coastal
dynamics. Has wide range of
potential benefits
8 Early warning and
evacuation systems
++ ++ ++ 6 Some capacity exist, but an
integrated system is needed.
Table 6: List of Prioritized adaptation technologies
Based on the threats that exist (destruction of mangrove habitat and coastal erosion) the
proposed technologies11 are put in perspective (based on priority and time-scale) and
arranged over short (1-3 years), medium (3-5 years) and long term strategy (5-10 years).) For
each of the technology, a brief description is given as well as the benefits, overall cost (if
possible)12 and the skills that are needed.
4.3 Short Term Strategy
• Integrated mapping
This technology provides an analysis to guide governments and communities in their
planning purposes. It is based on participatory climate risk and assets mapping and
analysis. This tool and the process of creating it provides an important educational
exercise that helps communities understand impacts and address problems. This tool
11 Most of the information about the described technologies is adapted from http://www.asiapacificadapt.net 12 The cost of proposed technologies are estimated and determined within the limited scope of this study.
29
is quite simple, accessible and inexpensive. It has the potential to be scaled up over a
very wide area.
Benefits:
• Increased awareness
• Increased stakeholder cohesion and relationship building
• Uses free, easily-accessible and user-friendly adaptation tools
• Encompasses comprehensive community participation techniques
• Considers the social, economic and cultural importance infrastructure
assessments due to community participation
Cost:
Low (depends on the technical cost and human resources). Estimated USD 5000-
10000)
Needed skills- capacity:
As stated before, this technology is quite simple and accessible (note that internet
should be available). There is no need for a particular capacity within government
institutions.
• ICZM-platform
The ICZM technology provides a platform for considering the broad range of
adaptation options available, and the large number of stakeholders involved in
decision-making in the coastal zone. This technology or approach will also aid the
management of coastlines in view of both climate and non-climate stresses and will
promote adaptation as a process.
Benefits:
• An interesting instrument that has been having success (and concrete results
in areas such as training, education or publication) on ICZM is the networks.
These are generally presented as spaces for exchange and dissemination of
knowledge, or a place for meeting and discussing the management of the
coastal and marine environment. In many cases education and training
activities are incorporated. MAFOSUR is such a network in Suriname that
probably can be used to utilize the ICZM process.
Cost:
The cost associated with such a platform is likely not too high. Most costs (within a
range of 2000 -10,000 USD) will be for strengthening the required capacities and for
managing the platform.
Needed skills- capacities:
Existing capacities in terms of human, technology and institutional needs to be
strengthened and enhanced across the country. For example knowledge in policy
design, methodology, tools and techniques for coastal zone management must be
imparted to understand the special nature of the coastal zone and the demands
made upon its resources.
It is therefore important to support the capacities of all stakeholder groups involved
in managing coastal ecosystems. Capacity building is a fundamental need and works
30
towards creating networks of researchers, managers and practitioners of coastal
issues.
• Set–back zones (Zoning)
Protected areas are essential for the conservation of biodiversity and are one of the
pillars of virtually all conservation strategies (Agostini et al., 2015). The zoning is used
as a tool for the planning of coastal areas. One of the main features of zoning in
coastal areas is that their use must have a social perspective since they are public
goods (Rodriguez et al., 2012). Zoning is an important process in planning a protected
area; it is a key regulatory instrument for the administration and management of
ecosystems. Zoning processes have resulted in new legislation or in policy reforms to
support land use planning within coastal areas.
Benefits:
• Contributes to sustainable land use practices and sustainable development;
• This approach benefits communities by local heightening awareness of
sustainable land use options and hazard zones;
• The overall benefits and alternative opportunities for communities’
livelihoods must be considered before implementation of coastal zoning as it
may disrupt livelihood activities through designating some areas of land to
certain uses or through restricting livelihood activities on some parts of the
land.
Cost:
Coastal zoning is a low cost option. Mostly human resources are needed, for instance
to draft legislation for set-back policy.
Needed skills- capacity:
Requires technical and scientific inputs (mainly on spatial planning and hydrology).
Requires effective stakeholder participation and appropriate institutional
arrangements for development and implementation. Analysis of remote sensing
data13, together with fieldwork, seems to be the easiest and most economical way to
develop management plans for protected areas.
4.4 Medium Term Strategy
• Long Term Monitoring (observation of waves, tide levels, shore lines, etc.)
With the collection, accumulation, analysis, and evaluation of long-term data relating
to climate change, content will be provided for consideration of climate change
impacts and countermeasures. This technology includes wave meters, various type of
observation equipment including tide level observation.
Benefits:
• Depending on the information being collected, it may be possible to select the
design with consideration of costs.
13 For instance from the ‘free to use’ Gonini-geoportal
31
• Data obtained can also be useful as basic information for other purposes,
such as construction of port facilities; planning/design/construction of port
and shore projects; and for development/use of coastal zones.
• Can also be utilized for monitoring storm surges.
Cost:
• Costs vary considerably depending on design of system (number of monitored
sites and control stations, transmission network, etc.)
• The per-unit cost of buoy-type GPS wave meters, with real-time data
transmission function, etc., is approximately one (1) million USD
• The per-unit cost of tide gauges, with real-time data transmission function, is
about approximately 100,000 USD.
Needed skills- capacity:
Before selecting and implementing this tool a thorough assessment needs to be
conducted to identify the needed capacities and skills in detail. For now it can be
stated that it is necessary to improve institutional arrangements for operation/
maintenance/ upkeep. Adequate training of personnel is needed in using instruments
such as wave meters and various types of observation equipment. Training must be
institutionalized to ensure a data-base as well as bench mark figures over long term.
• Land-use Change
In order to avoid the severe effects from storm surges and inundation etc., land use
regulation is needed to respond to type, nature and risk level of disasters likely to
occur. For instance, avoid settlements and other types of buildings in zones with
particularly high risk levels. Risk levels are studied and analyzed, and zones with high
risk levels are identified. Measurements could be prohibit housing construction in
hazard zones, support for resettlement outside hazard zones and reduce land use in
high hazard zones. GIS technology that is needed for operationalization of Land Use
has already been introduced in Suriname. It is being used in some sectors, especially
the forestry sector and by some independent GIS services.
Benefits:
• Creating climate resilience
• It is more effective and efficient to conduct proper planning and impose land
use restrictions at the initial phase of development.
• This approach will help promote systematic planning of land use.
Cost:
Costs differ depending on methods and circumstances behind changes and regulation
of land use (e.g., whether or not compensated; land prices; the availability of new
sites, etc.). It is expected to be high. According to the Technology Needs Assessment
(TNA) of Guyana, estimated cost for hardware (equipment) is US$60,000 and
estimated cost for operation and maintenance over 5 year period is US$554,600.
Needed skills- capacity:
As it is important to provide scientifically-convincing explanations of the zone
classifications, capacity building is important to facilitate research and analysis (in
high risk level zones) for the establishment of hazard zones. Capacity building is
32
needed in GIS/Modeling land use and risk mapping. Adequate training (periodic) is
needed in data collection and updating.
4.5 Long Term Strategy
• ICZM
This technology can be understood as a well-considered and holistic coordinated
integrated management and planning approach (Kay and Alder, 2005). It strengthens
sectoral management by improving training, legislation and staffing.
Benefits:
The ICZM preserves the biological diversity of coastal ecosystems by preventing
habitat destruction, pollution and overexploitation. In addition, it also promotes the
rational development and sustainable use of coastal resources (Clark, 1992).
Thus, ICZM is based on long-term consensus building and must be supported with a
range of methods and techniques (such as the technologies listed under ‘Short Term
Strategy’ and ‘Medium Term Strategy’) for the provision of sound information to aid
the decision-making process.
Cost:
The cost of deployment depends on the cost of information collection, database
construction in coastal areas and the cost of training, capacity building,
organizational structure and coordination costs to hire experts. The required
capacities for implementing and managing all projects/programs within the ICZM is a
major challenge. That said, it is not possible to define the cost for this tools within the
scope of this underlying study. It is recommended to conduct a separate study to
identify the cost associated with implementing this technology.
Needed skills-capacity:
Usually a lead agency with an interagency mandate will be created to accomplish the
coordinative management and planning functions of ICZM. This agency involves a
number of specialists in different fields of knowledge who bring their expertise at
different stages of the policy cycle. The knowledge and skills of an ideal coastal
manager can be grouped into three broad categories, namely: a) skills in strategic
analysis and the policy process, b) knowledge of how ecosystems function, and c)
cultural literacy (Olsen, 1995). Thus, training and education are crucial, not only on
these categories, but also because many different types of activities and technologies
are involved in the implementation and management of ICZM.
In addition, involvement by all levels of government will be required for coastal
management programs such as ICZM. Therefore, capacities of decision-makers and
agency staff in the various ministries or departments that are affected by ICZM
should be built and/or increased. Various tools such as seminars, field trips, and
other dialogues will help these agencies to understand the ICZM program and assure
their cooperation.
• Coastal embankment
33
These can be hard structures for protecting land from coastal flooding, particularly
during high tide and storm surges. Examples are sea walls and sea dykes. Even
though these type of technologies have many benefits as listed below, they however,
require continuous maintenance. Drainage infrastructure is crucial (and costly) and
increased wave action in the future will enhance erosion processes, therefore putting
pressure on the maintenance of structures. Regardless of these points, the choice has
been made for this technology as a long-term strategy because of the severe hazards.
In addition, a green-grey solution (combination of coastal embankments and
mangrove forest) can be introduced on the long term.
Benefits:
• Increases employment opportunities
• Community management of drainage systems can ensure regular
maintenance and long term sustainability of the embankment.
• Multi-stakeholder co-operation with government, communities and other
stakeholders operating in the area, such as non-governmental organizations
• Earthen embankments can be built using locally available soil to reduce costs.
Cost:
The Coronie dyke cost app. 55 million with a total length of 14 km14. Not known if
consultancy fee is included. Cost depends mostly on material, labour and
construction equipment.
Needed skills- capacity:
Some capacities and skills (e.g. in the design, construction and maintenance of a dike)
are already available on the basis of the works of previous coastal embankment
projects (Nickerie dyke, Coronie dyke) where the local construction companies have
gained experience. Upgrade of these technical capacity and skills is needed, improve
institutional arrangements for operation/maintenance/upkeep, and have adequate
training of personnel.
4.6 Overcoming Barriers
The National Academy of Science of the United States in their report15 states that “the
principle obstacles to wider use of coastal engineering capabilities in habitat protection,
enhancement, restoration and creation are the cost and the institutional, regulatory and
management barriers to using the best available technologies and practices.”
This statement is more or less reflected in several national reports/strategies16 of Suriname.
Hence knowledge sharing, creating awareness and capacity building are crucial for all
selected technologies. Technology for adaptation varies from hard to soft, from simple to
highly complex, from inexpensive to very costly, and from locally available to requiring
14 Source: Prof. S. Naipal 15 “Restoring and Protecting Marine Habitat - The Role of Engineering and Technology” (National Academy of Science 1994) 16 SCPAM, ICZM, NCCPSAP etc.
34
international technology transfer. As described, each type of technology has its own
adaptation benefits and depends on the economic, institutional, legal, and socio-cultural
contexts in which it is deployed. Furthermore, each proposed (hard) technology needs to be
accompanied by soft technology and non-technical measures (e.g., training and capacity
building, regulatory and institutional support) to ensure its accessibility, effectiveness, and
suitability to local conditions.
A most common barrier is a lack of suitable financial models. To overcome this barrier,
financing adaptation technologies can be mobilized through a range of international and
domestic, public and private financing mechanisms, and can take various forms (e.g. loans
and grants). Sources of public financing for adaptation include contributions from national
budgets, multilateral and bilateral development funds such as the Adaptation Fund, the
Green Climate Fund (GCF), Global Environmental Fund (GEF), funding from IADB, Worldbank,
UNDP and so on.
In a UNFCCC TEC brief17, it is recommended that financing climate technology requires a
combination of policy incentives, market facilitation and public finance. Furthermore,
capacity-building is important at each stage of the technology project cycle for effective
climate technology financing and technology transfer. If the engagement of stakeholders is
done effectively in an early stage, it helps to reduce risks and barriers to investment in
technologies. The TEC brief also emphasized that it is important to ensure an integrated
approach between technology and climate finance related plans and programmes at the
national level, in particular the integration of technology needs assessments with other
relevant national and sectoral plans and programs.
17 UNFCCC Technology Executive Committee (TEC) Brief #6, Enhancing Access to Climate Technology Financing
35
5 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY OF A NEW TECHNOLOGY
In this chapter, the following strategy or roadmap is proposed for the implementation of
Land-use Change including Set–back zones technology. This technology is chosen, based on
the selection of proposed technologies, having the highest score together with the
Mangrove rehabilitation technology. Note that within the scope and timeframe of this desk-
top study only one technology will be discussed in this chapter. However, it is strongly
recommended to conduct further study (research) on the Mangrove rehabilitation
technology in order to establish best practices for mangrove rehabilitation and preservation
including testing and government support.
5.1 Land-use Change + Set-back zones
One of the recommendations from the Suriname CRA-World Bank report is that zoning and
development control are key interventions for protecting the mangroves and support
regeneration activities. Development control will also help to reduce the population at risk
of flooding.
Development control through Land Use Change is also needed to reduce damage in areas
that face greater risks from more intense storm surges due to climate change and the
resulting damage from inundation. In addition, various national documents/ strategies
(Table 1) emphasized that Land Use Change (regulation and planning) is crucial, not only for
the coastal conservation sector, but also for many other different sectors (such as housing,
transport, social and environmental sector).
It must be noticed that coastal setbacks do not serve to protect existing structures in the
hazard zone. If these are to be protected, other adaptation approaches are required.
Additionally, setback policies only serve to prolong the lifetime of structures built on the
shoreline. With continued shoreline erosion or SLR, another shoreline policy will eventually
be needed if these structures are to be preserved (NOAA, 2010).
Planning and implementing an adaptation technology18 can be seen as an idealized four-
stage sequence:
18 weADAPT, Adaptation Planning Process
36
Figure 5: Planning and implementing adaptation as a four-stage sequence (source: weADAPT, Adaptation Planning Process)
1. Interpret the necessary information. Decision makers considering adaptation options
should take their local context into account in determining the range of both hard
and soft adaptation technologies available to them. Just because a technology
addresses a current vulnerability in one area does not necessarily mean it will
perform equally well in a different context with different climatic and other
conditions.
2. Design an appropriate response that is not only technically feasible but also is
consistent with the country’s development objectives, as well as some key policy
criteria – the technologies will need to be cost effective, environmentally sustainable,
culturally compatible and socially acceptable. Several technologies meet more than
one need or vulnerability. Any consideration of adaptation options must therefore be
based on comprehensive planning. Multisector adaptation planning can help to
maximize resources and identify approaches that will address various local needs
3. Move to implementation, which in addition to installing systems means ensuring that
these are actively supported by effective institutions, formal and informal, from
national organizations to village communities. Technologies, both soft and hard,
already exist worldwide to help minimize much of the impact. Most of the risks
brought on by climate change, including extreme heat waves, tropical storms, and
droughts, are phenomena that society has long had to confront. In many cases,
climate change only heightens impact already being experienced, effectively
underlining the urgency of addressing current vulnerabilities while considering future
changes in climate, and increasing technology transfer to facilitate adaptation
4. Continually monitor and evaluate these technologies to allow for adjustments,
course corrections, and further innovation and feedback. While hard technologies
will have a critical role in helping societies reduce the risk from climate change, they
are not the only solution. Soft technologies, such as improved management
practices, will also be important in climate change adaptation, and so will other
factors like education, capacity building, governance, and cultural practices.
Interpreting the necessary information
Design a response
(approriate technology)
Implement the adaptation technology
Monitor and evaluate the technology
37
5.2 Implementation Strategy
As described in previous paragraph, the implementation of ‘Land-use Change + Set–back
zones’ adaptation technology falls in the third-stage of the four-stage sequence for planning
an adaptation technology. Note that Land Use Change as a technology is carried as an
iterative process, meaning that different actions can be conducted simultaneously.
Implementing this technology will not only help to reduce settlements and economic
activities in hazard zones but also support to reinforce built structures that are exposed to
inundation. Exposure and vulnerability to climate change will be reduced as well as impacts
on humans, property, and economic activities. This technology will support the regulation of
land use country-wide in an efficient and ethical way, thus preventing land-use conflicts.
Furthermore, it is more effective and efficient to conduct proper planning and impose land
use restrictions at the initial phase of development, than after hazards has taken place. This
approach promotes systematic planning of land use.
Land Use Change + Coastal set-backs generally requires a high level of coordination and
public participation and is regulated at different administrative levels. In many countries,
laws, acts and planning regulations are already in place and coastal zoning activities will
therefore be an integral part of these frameworks. For Suriname, this technology requires in
particular the necessary legislation, technical and scientific inputs, effective stakeholder
participation and appropriate institutional arrangements for development and
implementation.
The implementation strategy is illustrated in figure 6.
Figure 6: Implementation Strategy for Land Use Change/ Regulation including Coastal Set-back.
Set up working group
Develop a vision
Determine goals and objectives
Strenghten coordination/
collaboration
Identify financing
Map gaps,barriers, constraints
Stakeholders capacity building and awareness
raising
Integrate Tool in decision making
processes
Use tool to support national
environmental goals
38
The key-responsible stakeholders for implementing this technology are among others the
Ministry of ROGB, Ministry of LVV, Ministry of OWT&C and Ministry of Finance (DelPrado,
2015). These stakeholders will play a crucial role in the implementation of the proposed
technology and are therefore mentioned as corresponding responsible stakeholder in the
implementation strategy. The implementation strategy below in table 7 describes briefly the
activities and corresponding responsible key-stakeholders to implement the actions.
Activity
Description Responsible Key-Stakeholder
Set up a
working/project group
The working group will guide the
process of implementation and will
consist of experts with the aim to
promote engagement and raise
awareness among key-stakeholders as
well as support the implementation of
the technology.
As the Ministry of Planning, RGB will
be responsible in setting up the
working group. The involvement and
commitment of other key ministries
(among others Ministry of Public
Works, Transport and
Communication (OWT&C), Ministry
of Agriculture (LVV) and other
relevant organizations are crucial in
this stage.
Develop a Vision Any strategy is based on a long-term
community based vision. Land-Use
Change and Coastal Set-back should
have that too. The vision should reflect
the use of this technology as an integral
part in Suriname’s national development
process of growth and development
within the context of available
economic/financial resources and
technical knowledge. It is important to
involve all stakeholders to develop a
vision.
The working group under guidance
of the Ministry of RGB should take
the lead in developing the Vision.
The goals and objectives
of the strategy are
determined.
Just as described in previous action, the
goals and objective of the strategy are
developed by the working group
Under lead guidance by the Ministry
of RGB and in collaboration with
other Key-stakeholders (OWT&C,
LVV etc).
Conduct technical
assessments
Within this activity, data and
information are generated (analyze data
so that it can provide answers to what
you want to know)), policy analysis are
conducted etc. All the gaps, barriers and
constraints regarding the
implementation must be mapped. This
will help to align the chosen technology.
Risk levels are studied and analyzed, and
zones with high risk levels are identified.
The working group will coordinate
the process of conducting the
technical assessments which will be
done by (Inter) national consultants.
Develop a financial
model
Provide financing from the national
budget and diversify financial sources
Ministry of Finance can take the lead
in this activity.
39
(see paragraph 4.2); estimated cost is
about 600,000 USD (based on TNA
Guyana). Create capital (for instance
through domestic banks), to encourage
the development and application of
technology.
Strengthen inter-agency
coordination and
collaboration
Make sure that networks are created to
facilitate the cooperation and
information sharing between experts of
different principles in the application of
the technology. This can be done by
building coordination mechanism.
Ministry of RGB will take the lead in
collaboration with Ministry of
OWT&C and other relevant
stakeholders.
Engage all stakeholders Place emphasis on engaging all
stakeholders, building capacity and
creating awareness. Set up programs
and interventions to deal with these
components. Prepare the necessary
human resources to receive transfer of
this specific technology. Also make sure
that there is adequate capacity and
training for key-stakeholders.
The working group will be
responsible for engaging all
stakeholders under guidance of the
Ministry of RGB.
Policy and regulation in
place
Formulate incentive policies and binding
legal obligations for technology
deployment. Define ways to integrate
Land Use Change + Coastal Set-back into
decisions being made at different levels
in the community and within
governmental institutions.
Ministry of RGB in collaboration with
Ministry of Justice and Police
Support National
Environment Goals
Find ways to use this tool to identify
local economic development
opportunities that build upon
environmental goals.
Ministry of RGB in collaboration with
Coordination Environment under the
Cabinet of the President and the
National Planning Office
Table 7: Implementation Strategy for the Land-Use Change + Coastal Set-back technology
Ultimately, this tool will have most effect if it is referred to and offers guidance to all future
land-use and resource decision-making. Use of the tool is dynamic and will need constant
adjustments and flexibility depending on the changes which it propels.
40
REFERENCES
Berrenstein, H.J. and Gompers-Small M.C.A. (eds.) (2016). Second National Communication to
the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, Office of the President
of the Republic of Suriname. Paramaribo, Suriname.
Draft National Climate Change Policy, Strategy and Action Plan for Suriname 2014- 2021
(NCCPSAP), (2015). (former) Ministry of Labour, Technological Development and
Environment (ATM).
Erftemeijer, P. and Teunissen, P. (2009). “ICZM Plan Suriname-Mangrove Report: Analysis of
Problems and Solutions for the Management of Mangrove Forests along Suriname’s
‘Wild Coast.’” http://www.academia.edu/2169366/ICZM_Plan_Suriname-
Mangrove_Report
IPCC, CZMS, (1990). Strategies for Adaptation to Sea Level Rise. Intergovernmental Panel on
Climate Change, Response Strategies Working Group.
Linham, M.M., Nicholls, R.J., (2010). Technologies for Climate Change Adaptation. Coastal
Erosion and Flooding. Editor : Xianli Zhu. Report GEF, UNEP, UNEP RISO CENTRE,
University of Southampton.
Mak, M., May, K., Beers, L., and Crooks, S. (2019). “North Brazil Shelf Mangrove Project: Nature
Based Solutions”. Report by Silvestrum Climate Associates.
National Biodiversity Strategy (NBS), (2006). (former) Ministry of Labour, Technological
Development and Environment (ATM).
National Biodiversity Action Plan (NBAP) 2012-2016 (2013), (former) Ministry of Labour,
Technological Development and Environment (ATM).
Olsen, S., (1995). The skills, Knowledge and Attitudes of an Ideal Coastal Manager. Educating
Coastal Managers: Proceedings from the Rhode Island Workshop. Coastal Resources
Management Project, Coastal Resources Center, The University of Rhode Island, and
the Center for the Environment, US Agency for International Development.
Paice, R., and Chambers, J., (2016). Climate change adaptation planning for protection of
coastal ecosystems. CoastAdapt Information Manual 10, National Climate Change
Adaptation Research Facility, Gold Coast.
Policy Development Plan 2017 – 2021 (2017), Part 1. Development priorities of Suriname.
Paramaribo, Suriname (2017).Government of the Republic of Suriname.
National Academy of Science (1994). Restoring and Protecting Marine Habitat - The Role of
Engineering and Technology.
Trærup, S. L. M., & Bakkegaard, R. K. (2015). Evaluating and prioritizing technologies for
adaptation to climate change. A hands on guidance to multi criteria analysis (MCA) and
the identification and assessment of related criteria. Copenhagen: UNEP DTU
Partnership.
UNFCCC Technology Executive Committee (TEC) Brief #6, Enhancing Access to Climate
Technology Financing
41
USAID (2009) Adapting to Coastal Climate Change: A Guidebook for Development Planners.
Rhode Island: USAID.
C. Winterwerp, J & Erftemeijer, Paul & Suryadiputra, Nyoman & van Eijk, Pieter & Zhang,
Liquan. (2013). Defining Eco-Morphodynamic Requirements for Rehabilitating Eroding
Mangrove-Mud Coasts. Wetlands. 33.
World Bank (2016). Managing Coasts with Natural Solutions: Guidelines for Measuring and
Valuing the Coastal Protection Services of Mangroves and Coral Reefs.
World Bank (2017). Coastal Resilience Assessment Paramaribo, Suriname.
World Bank (2018). Suriname Coastal Resilience Assessment.
INTERNET WEBSITES
http://www.asiapacificadapt.net
https://www.ctc-n.org
https://www. weadapt.org